CA2129215A1 - 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present - Google Patents
1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are presentInfo
- Publication number
- CA2129215A1 CA2129215A1 CA002129215A CA2129215A CA2129215A1 CA 2129215 A1 CA2129215 A1 CA 2129215A1 CA 002129215 A CA002129215 A CA 002129215A CA 2129215 A CA2129215 A CA 2129215A CA 2129215 A1 CA2129215 A1 CA 2129215A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- group
- substituted
- compound
- unsubstituted
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 30
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 9
- HBORMJBGPGQHSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(benzenesulfonyl)-3h-indol-2-one Chemical class O=C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HBORMJBGPGQHSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 358
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 101800000989 Oxytocin Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 102400000050 Oxytocin Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- -1 formyloxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 96
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 80
- 125000006701 (C1-C7) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 68
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 53
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 52
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 45
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 36
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 32
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 23
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxindol Natural products C1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptane Chemical compound C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004916 (C1-C6) alkylcarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000004136 Vasopressin Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 8
- 108090000643 Vasopressin Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005153 alkyl sulfamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000006384 methylpyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-HOSYLAQJSA-N 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical group N1C([13CH2]C2=CC=CC=C12)=O JYGFTBXVXVMTGB-HOSYLAQJSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002112 pyrrolidino group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 101150020251 NR13 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 6
- XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N oxytocin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- RHYBFKMFHLPQPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylhydantoin Chemical compound CN1CC(=O)NC1=O RHYBFKMFHLPQPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005422 alkyl sulfonamido group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical class [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 claims description 4
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 claims description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006254 cycloalkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004981 cycloalkylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004482 piperidin-4-yl group Chemical group N1CCC(CC1)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004566 azetidin-1-yl group Chemical group N1(CCC1)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005518 carboxamido group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 claims description 3
- UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornane Chemical compound C1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1C2 UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005400 pyridylcarbonyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=C1)C(=O)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000006656 (C2-C4) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- ZSIQJIWKELUFRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azepane Chemical compound C1CCCNCC1 ZSIQJIWKELUFRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 claims description 2
- WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydantoin Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=O)N1 WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940091173 hydantoin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- WHNYVDJJCTVMGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]dec-8-ene Chemical compound C1=CC2CC1C1C2CCC1 WHNYVDJJCTVMGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- 125000004194 piperazin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims 2
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004691 alkyl thio carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- WNTGVOIBBXFMLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Chemical compound C1CCC2CCCC1C2 WNTGVOIBBXFMLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims 1
- RWTNPBWLLIMQHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N fexofenadine Chemical group C1=CC(C(C)(C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C(O)CCCN1CCC(C(O)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 RWTNPBWLLIMQHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- LPSXSORODABQKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene Chemical compound C1C2CCC1C1C2CCC1 LPSXSORODABQKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N argipressin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N1)=O)N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N 0.000 abstract description 16
- 108010004977 Vasopressins Proteins 0.000 abstract description 15
- 102000002852 Vasopressins Human genes 0.000 abstract description 15
- 229960003726 vasopressin Drugs 0.000 abstract description 15
- GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vasopressin Natural products N1C(=O)C(CC=2C=C(O)C=CC=2)NC(=O)C(N)CSSCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 14
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 101
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 82
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane Natural products ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 79
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 74
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 59
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 55
- QNLOWBMKUIXCOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N indol-2-one Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=NC(=O)C=C21 QNLOWBMKUIXCOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 55
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 42
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 39
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 36
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 34
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 34
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 33
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 27
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 229960003390 magnesium sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 16
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 15
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 14
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N decane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 12
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 10
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 9
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 8
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- GHDIHPNJQVDFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxycyclohexane Chemical compound COC1CCCCC1 GHDIHPNJQVDFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- HCFRWBBJISAZNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Hydroxycyclohexylcarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 HCFRWBBJISAZNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 6
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 6
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 6
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- GJJASJCGLOUWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxycyclohexane Chemical compound CCOC1CCCCC1 GJJASJCGLOUWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 5
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LULAYUGMBFYYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N metachloroperbenzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 LULAYUGMBFYYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- LEHBURLTIWGHEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium chlorochromate Chemical compound [O-][Cr](Cl)(=O)=O.C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 LEHBURLTIWGHEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JLAKCHGEEBPDQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-fluorobenzyl)piperidine Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1CC1CCNCC1 JLAKCHGEEBPDQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DYTNNGQPYKZMNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 DYTNNGQPYKZMNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-phenyl amine Natural products NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- CSKNSYBAZOQPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CSKNSYBAZOQPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010908 decantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- BNRNAKTVFSZAFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrindane Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCC21 BNRNAKTVFSZAFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000001055 magnesium Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940091250 magnesium supplement Drugs 0.000 description 3
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003884 phenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000009329 sexual behaviour Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- FQDIANVAWVHZIR-UPHRSURJSA-N (z)-1,4-dichlorobut-2-ene Chemical compound ClC\C=C/CCl FQDIANVAWVHZIR-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QEGNUYASOUJEHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethylcyclohexane Chemical compound CC1(C)CCCCC1 QEGNUYASOUJEHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MEGFZVZIOCKTCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=C1C.CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=C1C MEGFZVZIOCKTCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UWKQJZCTQGMHKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-di-tert-butylpyridine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=N1 UWKQJZCTQGMHKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QECYXMKYZQXEHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound COC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O QECYXMKYZQXEHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000275 Adrenocorticotropic Hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101800000414 Corticotropin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XZMCDFZZKTWFGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanamide Chemical compound NC#N XZMCDFZZKTWFGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N Cyclic adenosine monophosphate Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000008967 Enuresis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100217614 Haemophilus influenzae (strain ATCC 51907 / DSM 11121 / KW20 / Rd) atoB gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000212342 Sium Species 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010047163 Vasospasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002686 anti-diuretic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N corticotropin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000258 corticotropin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCC1 NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZTSQZQUWBFTAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylcyanamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)C#N ZZTSQZQUWBFTAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl sulfate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)OC VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CFHGBZLNZZVTAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N lawesson's reagent Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1P1(=S)SP(=S)(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)S1 CFHGBZLNZZVTAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000005075 mammary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052987 metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004681 metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Natural products C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZCYXXKJEDCHMGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonane Chemical compound CCCC[CH]CCCC ZCYXXKJEDCHMGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornene Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CC[C@H]1C=C2 JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BKIMMITUMNQMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N normal nonane Natural products CCCCCCCCC BKIMMITUMNQMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KOSYAAIZOGNATQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-phenyl chloromethanethioate Chemical compound ClC(=S)OC1=CC=CC=C1 KOSYAAIZOGNATQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- AHWALFGBDFAJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 AHWALFGBDFAJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940043230 sarcosine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium nitrite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]N=O LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010047303 von Willebrand Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSKSDAVTCKIENY-WCCKRBBISA-N (2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 CSKSDAVTCKIENY-WCCKRBBISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGKAYWMGPDWLQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(bromomethyl)benzene Chemical group BrCC1=CC=CC=C1CBr KGKAYWMGPDWLQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IBODDUNKEPPBKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-dibromopentane Chemical compound BrCCCCCBr IBODDUNKEPPBKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAOVEPMOLVDQOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(dibromomethyl)-2,3-dimethylbenzene Chemical compound BrC(Br)C1=C(C(=CC=C1)C)C UAOVEPMOLVDQOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYTNNHXGUOKXFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzhydrylazetidin-3-amine Chemical compound C1C(N)CN1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 LYTNNHXGUOKXFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZCAORBAQHOJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-iodo-2-methoxyethane Chemical compound COCCI SZCAORBAQHOJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrole Natural products C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004793 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy group Chemical group FC(CO*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- AYGZKRRIULCJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C(OC)=C1 AYGZKRRIULCJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBMGRFIVRJOFCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-iodoethoxy)-2-methylpropane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OCCI DBMGRFIVRJOFCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOPBDRUWRLBSDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoaniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1Br AOPBDRUWRLBSDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCSNRORTQRKCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-6-nitrotoluene Chemical compound CC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O XCSNRORTQRKCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPOVOSHRRIJKBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylpropanedioyl dichloride Chemical compound CCC(C(Cl)=O)C(Cl)=O IPOVOSHRRIJKBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMKOJHQHASLBPH-OUBTZVSYSA-N 2-iodopropane Chemical compound CC([13CH3])I FMKOJHQHASLBPH-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUGQQGROXHPINL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-oxobutanoyl chloride Chemical compound CCC(=O)C(Cl)=O GUGQQGROXHPINL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOLXRNDWAUTYKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoic acid Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(CCC(=O)O)=CNC2=C1 GOLXRNDWAUTYKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHXAOPZTJOUYKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Chloro-2-methylpropene Chemical compound CC(=C)CCl OHXAOPZTJOUYKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNSPDJAXCBZCRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC2=C1CC(=O)N2 XNSPDJAXCBZCRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006283 4-chlorobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- JYJUMAFOXPQPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorosulfonylbenzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 JYJUMAFOXPQPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMPPGHMHELILKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethoxyaniline Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 IMPPGHMHELILKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BRTDEKQMIKCPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-phenylmethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 BRTDEKQMIKCPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RANTVMNWZIWPNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 RANTVMNWZIWPNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHDJYQWGFIBCEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Chloro-1H-indole-2,3-dione Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2NC(=O)C(=O)C2=C1 XHDJYQWGFIBCEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWJLCYHYLZZXBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 WWJLCYHYLZZXBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQHXBFBHQYVDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3,3-diphenyl-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)C1(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VQHXBFBHQYVDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTNHRRCFWIICSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3-cyclohexyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)C1C1CCCCC1 MTNHRRCFWIICSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CAWDTDNYMXLMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-3-cyclohexyl-3-methyl-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C1(C)C1CCCCC1 CAWDTDNYMXLMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PFZOPWMHTMNDMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 PFZOPWMHTMNDMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDIIYGHHUMKDGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-fluoro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 DDIIYGHHUMKDGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFGZEOUBIHLXFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound COC1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 DFGZEOUBIHLXFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISKPNMFYPKTROP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitrospiro[1h-indole-3,1'-cyclohexane]-2-one Chemical compound C12=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C2NC(=O)C21CCCCC2 ISKPNMFYPKTROP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQNYTVVGWCZWLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-phenylmethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound C=1C=C2NC(=O)CC2=CC=1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 YQNYTVVGWCZWLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INNRHXLUDRRFAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-propyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=C2NC(=O)CC2=C1 INNRHXLUDRRFAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005541 ACE inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002388 Angina unstable Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940123413 Angiotensin II antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102400000059 Arg-vasopressin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800001144 Arg-vasopressin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010003225 Arteriospasm coronary Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010048962 Brain oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamyl chloride Chemical compound NC(Cl)=O CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010008111 Cerebral haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000518994 Conta Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910021591 Copper(I) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000003890 Coronary Vasospasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YYLLIJHXUHJATK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1CCCCC1 YYLLIJHXUHJATK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUXKVKAHWOVIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexyl formate Chemical compound O=COC1CCCCC1 VUXKVKAHWOVIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005171 Dysmenorrhea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013935 Dysmenorrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031220 Hemophilia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009292 Hemophilia A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024659 Hemostatic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RVOLLKGLJIUGLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Horsfiline Natural products C12=CC(OC)=CC=C2NC(=O)C21CCN(C)C2 RVOLLKGLJIUGLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000019025 Hypokalemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010021036 Hyponatraemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010066151 Hyponatraemic encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062767 Hypophysitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010053198 Inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005684 Liebig rearrangement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001072332 Monia Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100038991 Neuropeptide Y receptor type 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710197945 Neuropeptide Y receptor type 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrous acid Chemical compound ON=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Peracetic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)OO KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006399 Premature Obstetric Labor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010036600 Premature labour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003782 Raynaud disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012322 Raynaud phenomenon Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039966 Senile dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000166490 Tetrameles nudiflora Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037175 Travel-Related Illness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD107823 Natural products O1C2COP(O)(=O)OC2C(O)C1N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007814 Unstable Angina Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940083335 Vasopressin agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PUYZMNHGDGPRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N [chlorosulfonyl(dimethyl)silyl]methane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)S(Cl)(=O)=O PUYZMNHGDGPRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWQONZVLXJGXHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N [chlorosulfonyloxy(dimethyl)silyl]methane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OS(Cl)(=O)=O QWQONZVLXJGXHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012084 abdominal surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IYKFYARMMIESOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantanone Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1C(=O)C2C3 IYKFYARMMIESOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060000200 adenylate cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030621 adenylate cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000004100 adrenal gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001270 agonistic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003797 alkaloid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001351 alkyl iodides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006242 amine protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002333 angiotensin II receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003160 antidiuretic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124538 antidiuretic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000729 antidote Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004872 arterial blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC1=CC=CC=C1 KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073608 benzyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002876 beta blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097320 beta blocking agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006752 brain edema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AOJDZKCUAATBGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromomethane Chemical compound Br[CH2] AOJDZKCUAATBGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ca+2] BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000292 calcium oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Inorganic materials [Ca]=O ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NBYQXBYMEUOBON-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamothioyl chloride Chemical compound NC(Cl)=S NBYQXBYMEUOBON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000748 cardiovascular system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro formate Chemical compound ClOC=O FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZKMPDNXOGQMFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro(triethyl)germane Chemical compound CC[Ge](Cl)(CC)CC CZKMPDNXOGQMFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOUJSJZBMCDAEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(3+);oxygen(2-) Chemical class [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Cr+3].[Cr+3] UOUJSJZBMCDAEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012059 conventional drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(I) chloride Chemical compound [Cu]Cl OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000007887 coronary angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000011634 coronary artery vasospasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045803 cuprous chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940095074 cyclic amp Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZFUCHSFHOYXIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptane carboxylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCCCC1 VZFUCHSFHOYXIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJTCGQSWYFHTAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctane Chemical compound C1CCCCCCC1 WJTCGQSWYFHTAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004914 cyclooctane Substances 0.000 description 1
- NISGSNTVMOOSJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanamine Chemical compound NC1CCCC1 NISGSNTVMOOSJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-O diazynium Chemical compound [NH+]#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- NPOMSUOUAZCMBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;ethoxyethane Chemical compound ClCCl.CCOCC NPOMSUOUAZCMBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLAGNIFQLGJPLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl 3-(methoxymethoxy)pentanedioate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(OCOC)CC(=O)OCC DLAGNIFQLGJPLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLLQYIBTJXUEEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl 3-hydroxypentanedioate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)CC(=O)OCC OLLQYIBTJXUEEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dihydrogenphosphate Chemical compound OP(O)([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHIMEKGWETUSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphosphetane Chemical compound C1CPP1 OHIMEKGWETUSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YWEUIGNSBFLMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphosphonate Chemical compound O=P(=O)OP(=O)=O YWEUIGNSBFLMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNFVGEUMTFIVHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium;sulfide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].[S-2] XNFVGEUMTFIVHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001882 diuretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZYBWTEQKHIADDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;methanol Chemical compound OC.CCO ZYBWTEQKHIADDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGCXMLIHLKQOHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-(3-methoxyphenoxy)acetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1 RGCXMLIHLKQOHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VANNPISTIUFMLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutaric anhydride Chemical compound O=C1CCCC(=O)O1 VANNPISTIUFMLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RVOLLKGLJIUGLG-ZDUSSCGKSA-N horsfiline Chemical compound C12=CC(OC)=CC=C2NC(=O)[C@@]21CCN(C)C2 RVOLLKGLJIUGLG-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FUKUFMFMCZIRNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;methanol;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OC FUKUFMFMCZIRNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000008284 inappropriate ADH syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000004332 intermediate coronary syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001286 intracranial vasospasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006651 lactation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007775 late Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-OUBTZVSYSA-N magnesium-25 atom Chemical compound [25Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005905 mesyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl Chemical compound [CH3] WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IZYBEMGNIUSSAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl benzenecarboperoxoate Chemical compound COOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IZYBEMGNIUSSAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OIRDBPQYVWXNSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl trifluoromethansulfonate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F OIRDBPQYVWXNSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000003152 motion sickness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAXZWHGWYSJAEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylformamide;ethanol Chemical compound CCO.CN(C)C=O QAXZWHGWYSJAEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PVWOIHVRPOBWPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propyl iodide Chemical compound CCCI PVWOIHVRPOBWPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002828 nitro derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005440 nitrobenzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009935 nitrosation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007034 nitrosation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XJDQUPFWVIUWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-ethyl propanethioate Chemical compound CCOC(=S)CC XJDQUPFWVIUWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940045681 other alkylating agent in atc Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHAAPTBBJKJZER-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-anisidine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BHAAPTBBJKJZER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006503 p-nitrobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1[N+]([O-])=O)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032696 parturition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003836 peripheral circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- LCPDWSOZIOUXRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 LCPDWSOZIOUXRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCTVWSOKIJULET-LQDWTQKMSA-M phenoxymethylpenicillin potassium Chemical compound [K+].N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C([O-])=O)(C)C)C(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 HCTVWSOKIJULET-LQDWTQKMSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl isocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002071 phenylalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZAEQTGTVGUJEFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonate;pyridin-1-ium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1.[O-]S(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZAEQTGTVGUJEFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLYUQMMRRRQYAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentoxide Inorganic materials O1P(O2)(=O)OP3(=O)OP1(=O)OP2(=O)O3 DLYUQMMRRRQYAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N picric acid Chemical compound OC1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003635 pituitary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000024896 potassium deficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OEGLTKGTEBVWIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethoxy)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [K+].CCOC(=O)COC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(OC)=C1 OEGLTKGTEBVWIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000026440 premature labor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002815 pulmonary hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009076 regulation of hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005227 renal system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002461 renin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940086526 renin-inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000161 signs of toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010288 sodium nitrite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001495 sodium tetrafluoroborate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BLXAGSNYHSQSRC-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-hydroxybenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O BLXAGSNYHSQSRC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001300 stimulation of adenylate cyclase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VLOLOLUAVFGUTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-(azetidin-3-yl)carbamate;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC1CNC1 VLOLOLUAVFGUTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004187 tetrahydropyran-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UOHMMEJUHBCKEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylbenzene Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=C1C UOHMMEJUHBCKEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005424 tosyloxy group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(C1=CC=C(C)C=C1)O* 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001665 trituration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000397 ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002536 vasopressin receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- SYOKIDBDQMKNDQ-XWTIBIIYSA-N vildagliptin Chemical compound C1C(O)(C2)CC(C3)CC1CC32NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C#N SYOKIDBDQMKNDQ-XWTIBIIYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/26—Psychostimulants, e.g. nicotine, cocaine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
- A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/32—Oxygen atoms
- C07D209/34—Oxygen atoms in position 2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/56—Ring systems containing three or more rings
- C07D209/80—[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
- C07D209/90—Benzo [c, d] indoles; Hydrogenated benzo [c, d] indoles
- C07D209/92—Naphthostyrils
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/56—Ring systems containing three or more rings
- C07D209/96—Spiro-condensed ring systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/10—Spiro-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D491/10—Spiro-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D495/10—Spiro-condensed systems
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
- Y02P20/50—Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
- Y02P20/55—Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups
Landscapes
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Indole Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
Abstract
ABSTRACT OF THE DISCLOSURE
The invention relates to 1-Benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives of the formula
The invention relates to 1-Benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives of the formula
Description
- 21292 1 ~ - ~
The present invention relates to 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives, to their preparation and to the pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present.
International patent application W0 91/01306 describes 2-oxoindole derivatives which are uieful for the treatment of senile dementia. These compounds have the formula R"l- ~ 3 :
in which - R''1 is a hydrogen, a halogen, an alkyl or an alkoxy;
~ R''2 ls hydrogen or a lower alkyl;
- R''3 is an alkyl, a cycloalkylmethyl, a benzodioxanylmethyl or an optionally substltuted benzyl;
and - R''4 is a l-propylbutyl, a pyridyl or an optlonally substituted phenyl.
Several patent applications have recently described families of compounds of non-peptide struature which are active on the vasopressin and/or ocytocln receptors. There may be mentioned European patent appllcations EP 382 185, EP 444 945, EP 514 667, EP 469 984 and EP 526 3~i8, international patent applications W0 91/05 549 and W0 93/15 051, patent application JP 04/321 669 and, more particularly, patent appllcation JP 03/127 732. This last patent applicatlon descrlbes indole-3-propionic acid derivatives of the formula 21292~
~ ~ ~ COR"'3 in which ~ ~'''1 is hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, a phenylalkyl, a tetrahydrofuryl, an alkoxycarbonyl, an alkoxycar~onylalkyl, a carboxyal~yl or an alkanoyl;
~ R''72 is hydrogen, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, an alkyl, a phenylalkyl, a phenylalkoxy or a halogen;
- R'''3 i8 a hydrogen, an alkoxy, a free or substituted amino group or an amino acid residue;
- R'''4 is hydrogen, an alkyl or a phenylalkyl; and - R'''5 is a benzoyl, a phenyl, an alkyl, a phenylalkenylcarbonyl, a thienylcarbonyl, a phenylsulfonyl, a pyrldylcarbonyl or an imidazolylcarbonyl, it being possible for the phenyl and alkyl groups of the substituent R'''5 to be substituted.
These compounds are vasopressin antagoni-~ts.
Patent US 4 803 217 claims hapallndolinones obtained by fermentation which are vasopressln antagonists. These compounds have the follow$ng formula: ~¦
CH2~CH r,l,~ ~CH2 ' '~
" ~ O ~H3 H -~
in which R ls H or Cl. ~ ~;
.:-.. :...
,;, . , - . , .~. ~ .... . .. . .. . .. .. .. : . .
-~ 3 21292~
Novel l-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives have now been found which also have an affinity for the vasopressin and ocytocin receptors.
Vasopressin is a hormone known for its antidiuretic effect and its effect in the regulation of arterial pressure. It stimulates several typeæ of receptors, namely V1 ~V1a, V1~) and v2. These receptors are localized in the liver, vessels (coronary, renal, cerebral), platelets, kidney, uterus, adrenal glands, central nervous system and pituitary gland. Ocytocin has a peptide structure similar to that of vasopressin. The ocytocin receptors are also found on the smooth muscle of the uterus, as well as on myoepithelial cells of the mammary gland, in the central nervous system and in the kidney. The localization of ~he different receptor~ is described inr S. JARS et al., Vasopressin and ocytocin receptors: an overview, in Progress in Endocr~nology; H.
IMURA and K. SHIZURNE ed., Experta Medica, Amsterdam, 1988, 1183-1188, and in the following artlcle : ~resse Medicale, 1987, 1~ ~10), 481-485; J. Lab. Clin. Med., 1989, 11~ (6), 617-632; and Pharmacol. Rev., 1991, 43 (1), 73-108. Vasopressin thus exerts cardlovascular, hepatic, antidiuretic and aggregating effects and effects on the central and peripheral nervous system and in the uterine domain. Ocytocin is involved in parturition, lactation and sexual behavior.
The compound~ accordlng to the present invention make it posslble selectively either to m~mic the effects of the hormone (in the case of agonists) or to inhibit them tin the case of antagonists). Vasopressin receptor antagonists can affect the regulation of the central and peripheral circulation, especially the coronary, renal and gastric circulation, as well as the regulation of hydration and the release of adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH). Vasopressin agonists can advanta~eously replace vasopres~in or its analogs in the treatment of diabetes -,: ~ . ~ . ,: - -:
~: .
: , . . .
... . . .
- 212921a insipidus they can also be used in the treatment of enuresis and in the regulation of hemostasis: treatment of hemophilia and von Wille brand's syndrome, antidote to platelet aggregating agents, F.A. LASZLO, Pharmacol.
Rev., 1991, 43, 73-108; and Drug Investigation, 1990, (Suppl. 5), 1-47. The hormones themselves, namely vasopressin and ocytocin, and some of their peptide or non-peptide analogs are used in therapeutics and have been found to be effective. Several reviews and numerous literature articles may be mentioned: Vasopressin, P.
GROSS et al. ed., John Libbey Eurotext, 1993, in particular 243-257 and 5~9-562; F.A. LASZLO and F.A.
LASZLO Jr., Clinical perspectives for vasoprescin antagonists, Drug News Perspect., 1993, 6 (8), W.G.
~5 NORTH, J. Clin. Endocrinol., 1991, ~, 1316-1320; J.J.
LEGROS et al., Pro~. Neuro-Pharmacol. Biol. Psychiat., 1988, 12, 571-586; K.E. ANDERSSON et al., ~rugs Today, 1988, ~ (7), 509- 528; D.L. STUMP et al., Drugs, 1990, 39, 38-53; S. CALTABIANO et al., Drugs Future, 1988, 1~, 25~30; Y. MURA et al., Clin. Nephrol., 1993, ~Q, 60-61;
and FASEB J., 1994, ~ (5), A 587 : 3398.
Thus the compounds according to the invention are useful especially in the treatment of complaints of the central and peripheral nervous system, the cardiovascular system, the renal domain and the gastric domain and in disorders of sexual behavior, ln man and animals.
The present invention relates to compounds of the formula - 212921a R1 _ ~ ~ R4 S O
The present invention relates to 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives, to their preparation and to the pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present.
International patent application W0 91/01306 describes 2-oxoindole derivatives which are uieful for the treatment of senile dementia. These compounds have the formula R"l- ~ 3 :
in which - R''1 is a hydrogen, a halogen, an alkyl or an alkoxy;
~ R''2 ls hydrogen or a lower alkyl;
- R''3 is an alkyl, a cycloalkylmethyl, a benzodioxanylmethyl or an optionally substltuted benzyl;
and - R''4 is a l-propylbutyl, a pyridyl or an optlonally substituted phenyl.
Several patent applications have recently described families of compounds of non-peptide struature which are active on the vasopressin and/or ocytocln receptors. There may be mentioned European patent appllcations EP 382 185, EP 444 945, EP 514 667, EP 469 984 and EP 526 3~i8, international patent applications W0 91/05 549 and W0 93/15 051, patent application JP 04/321 669 and, more particularly, patent appllcation JP 03/127 732. This last patent applicatlon descrlbes indole-3-propionic acid derivatives of the formula 21292~
~ ~ ~ COR"'3 in which ~ ~'''1 is hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, a phenylalkyl, a tetrahydrofuryl, an alkoxycarbonyl, an alkoxycar~onylalkyl, a carboxyal~yl or an alkanoyl;
~ R''72 is hydrogen, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, an alkyl, a phenylalkyl, a phenylalkoxy or a halogen;
- R'''3 i8 a hydrogen, an alkoxy, a free or substituted amino group or an amino acid residue;
- R'''4 is hydrogen, an alkyl or a phenylalkyl; and - R'''5 is a benzoyl, a phenyl, an alkyl, a phenylalkenylcarbonyl, a thienylcarbonyl, a phenylsulfonyl, a pyrldylcarbonyl or an imidazolylcarbonyl, it being possible for the phenyl and alkyl groups of the substituent R'''5 to be substituted.
These compounds are vasopressin antagoni-~ts.
Patent US 4 803 217 claims hapallndolinones obtained by fermentation which are vasopressln antagonists. These compounds have the follow$ng formula: ~¦
CH2~CH r,l,~ ~CH2 ' '~
" ~ O ~H3 H -~
in which R ls H or Cl. ~ ~;
.:-.. :...
,;, . , - . , .~. ~ .... . .. . .. . .. .. .. : . .
-~ 3 21292~
Novel l-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives have now been found which also have an affinity for the vasopressin and ocytocin receptors.
Vasopressin is a hormone known for its antidiuretic effect and its effect in the regulation of arterial pressure. It stimulates several typeæ of receptors, namely V1 ~V1a, V1~) and v2. These receptors are localized in the liver, vessels (coronary, renal, cerebral), platelets, kidney, uterus, adrenal glands, central nervous system and pituitary gland. Ocytocin has a peptide structure similar to that of vasopressin. The ocytocin receptors are also found on the smooth muscle of the uterus, as well as on myoepithelial cells of the mammary gland, in the central nervous system and in the kidney. The localization of ~he different receptor~ is described inr S. JARS et al., Vasopressin and ocytocin receptors: an overview, in Progress in Endocr~nology; H.
IMURA and K. SHIZURNE ed., Experta Medica, Amsterdam, 1988, 1183-1188, and in the following artlcle : ~resse Medicale, 1987, 1~ ~10), 481-485; J. Lab. Clin. Med., 1989, 11~ (6), 617-632; and Pharmacol. Rev., 1991, 43 (1), 73-108. Vasopressin thus exerts cardlovascular, hepatic, antidiuretic and aggregating effects and effects on the central and peripheral nervous system and in the uterine domain. Ocytocin is involved in parturition, lactation and sexual behavior.
The compound~ accordlng to the present invention make it posslble selectively either to m~mic the effects of the hormone (in the case of agonists) or to inhibit them tin the case of antagonists). Vasopressin receptor antagonists can affect the regulation of the central and peripheral circulation, especially the coronary, renal and gastric circulation, as well as the regulation of hydration and the release of adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH). Vasopressin agonists can advanta~eously replace vasopres~in or its analogs in the treatment of diabetes -,: ~ . ~ . ,: - -:
~: .
: , . . .
... . . .
- 212921a insipidus they can also be used in the treatment of enuresis and in the regulation of hemostasis: treatment of hemophilia and von Wille brand's syndrome, antidote to platelet aggregating agents, F.A. LASZLO, Pharmacol.
Rev., 1991, 43, 73-108; and Drug Investigation, 1990, (Suppl. 5), 1-47. The hormones themselves, namely vasopressin and ocytocin, and some of their peptide or non-peptide analogs are used in therapeutics and have been found to be effective. Several reviews and numerous literature articles may be mentioned: Vasopressin, P.
GROSS et al. ed., John Libbey Eurotext, 1993, in particular 243-257 and 5~9-562; F.A. LASZLO and F.A.
LASZLO Jr., Clinical perspectives for vasoprescin antagonists, Drug News Perspect., 1993, 6 (8), W.G.
~5 NORTH, J. Clin. Endocrinol., 1991, ~, 1316-1320; J.J.
LEGROS et al., Pro~. Neuro-Pharmacol. Biol. Psychiat., 1988, 12, 571-586; K.E. ANDERSSON et al., ~rugs Today, 1988, ~ (7), 509- 528; D.L. STUMP et al., Drugs, 1990, 39, 38-53; S. CALTABIANO et al., Drugs Future, 1988, 1~, 25~30; Y. MURA et al., Clin. Nephrol., 1993, ~Q, 60-61;
and FASEB J., 1994, ~ (5), A 587 : 3398.
Thus the compounds according to the invention are useful especially in the treatment of complaints of the central and peripheral nervous system, the cardiovascular system, the renal domain and the gastric domain and in disorders of sexual behavior, ln man and animals.
The present invention relates to compounds of the formula - 212921a R1 _ ~ ~ R4 S O
2 (~
(R6)m in which - Rl and R2 are each independently a hydrogen; a S hydroxyl; an ~-halogeno-Cl-C7-alkoxy; a halogen a C~
C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxy; a polyhalogeno-Cl-C7-alkoxy; an ~-hydroxy-C2~C7-alkoxy; an ~-methoxyalkoxy in whlch the alkyl is C2-C7; an ~-amino-C2-C7-alkoxy which is ~ree or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a C3-C7-cycloalkoxy; a cycloalkylmethoxy in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7: a phenoxy; a benzyloxy; a Cl-C7-alkylthio; a phenylthlo: a nltro; an amlno which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a cyano; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a ~Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy; a formyloxy; a Cl-C7-alkylsulfonamido, a phenylsulfonamldo; a benzylsulfonamido; a C1-C7-alkylamido a C~-C7-alkoxycarbonylamino: a ureido whlch is unsubstituted or substltuted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1-C7-alkyls; ~r a thloureido whlch i~ unsubstituted orubstituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two Cl-C7-alkyls, - R3 and R4 are each independently a Cl-C7-alkyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl a cycloalkylmethyl ln whlch the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; or an ~-hydroxy-C2- C7-alkyl in which the hydroxyl is free or substituted by a group selected from Cl-C4-alkyl groups, (Cl-Cs~-alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl i9 Cl-C4, :
21292~ ~
phenylalkoxyalkyl ~roups in which the alkoxy is Cl-C2 and the alkyl is Cl-C4 and tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl groups;
or - R~ and R4 together form a group ~(CH2)pX(CH2)q~
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring which is unsubstituted or substi~uted by one or more 51-C7-alkyl groups, by an oxo group, by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two hydroxyls which are free or substituted by a group selected from C1-C4-alkyl groups, (Cl-C5)alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is Cl-C4, ~-hydroxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, triphenylmethoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, phenylalkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkoxy is Cl-C2 and the alkyl is Cl-C4, and tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, formyl and (C1-C7)alkylcarbonyl groups;
- R5 and R6 are each independently a hydrogen; a halogen;
a C1-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a oyano,i a nitroi an amino which i~ free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a hydroxyamino; a hydroxyl a carboxyl; a guanidino which is unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a phenyl or a benzyl: a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycarbonyl; a carbamoyl iubstituted by groups R'6 and R''6; a thiocarbamoyl which i8 free or subs~ituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C7; a group -SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is Cl-C7;
a phe~ylsulfonamido; a benzylsulfonamido; a group -COR'7;
a group NRgRg; or a group -CO-NH-cRloR'lo-coRl2; if appropriate, the phenyl group forming part of the 2129~1~
substituent R5 and/or R6 can be unsubstltuted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a Cl-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a C1-C7-alkoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl i~ Cl-C7, a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy or an imldazolyl;
- R'6 and R''6 are each lndependently hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogens or ~'''6; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a (Cl-C4)alkyl, a phenyl;
a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4-yl; a methylpiperidin-4-yl; or a pyrrolidin-1-yl; or R'6 and R''6, with the ni~rogen atom to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino group substituted by a hydroxymethyl or by a carbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
~ R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amino which i8 free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a carbamoyl which ls free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls or in whlch the two substltuents, toge~her wlth the nitrogen atom to whlch they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino, a piperidino or a perhydroazepino; a cyano;
a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; an adamantyl;
or a heterocyclic radical selected from pyridyl, methylpyridyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, methylthienyl, pyrrolidino, plperidlno and perhydroazepino groups;
` I R7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C7-alkenyl; an ~-halogeno-C2-C7- alkyl a polyhalogeno~Cl-C7~alkyl; an ~-hydroxy-C2- C7-alkyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcar~onyl; a formyl; an ~- carboxy-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a Cl-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; an ~-amino-C2-C7-alkyl in which the amino group is free, substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion; or an ~-carbamoyl-Cl-C7-alkyl 212921~
which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls;
- R'7 is a piperazin-l-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R"7; a piperidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted in S the 4-position by a group ~'~'7; an azetidin-1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7; or a pyrrolidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a group R''''7;
- R''7 is a Cl-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (C1-C6) alkylcarbonyl; or a formyl;
- R'''7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R''''7 is R'''7; or a carboxyl group which is free or esterified by a Cl-C7-alkyl;
IS - R8 and Rg are each independently a hydrogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a benzyl; or a phenyl; Rg can also be a C3-Cg-alkene; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl: a formyl; a (C1-C6)-alkylthiocarbonyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in whlch the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbonyl in which the cycloalkyll is C3-C7; an ~-amino(C2~C6)~
alkylcarbonyl; an ~-hydroxy(Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl: an ~-benzyloxy(Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a phano~ythiocarbonyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridyl~arbonyl~
a methylpyridylcarbonyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a phenacetyl; a group -CO-CR1oR 10- NRllR ll; a group -CRloR~locoRl2; a group -(CH2)tCO R12; a ~roup -CO(CH2)t-COR12; a carbamoyl which is unsub~tituted or substituted by Rl~ and R'14; a thiocarbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R14 and R'14; ;or a heterocyclla radical selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrim~d~nyl, pyridyl and thlazolyl group~
or - R8 and Rg, together with the nltrogen atom to which they are bonded, form hydanto~n; N~methylhydantoin; or a heterocyrle ~elected from pyrrol-l-yl, ~3- pyrrolin-1-yl, 2129~
pyrrolidin-l-yl and isoindolin-2-yl in which the benzene ring can be unsubstituted or substituted by a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl or a methoxy;
- Rlo and R'10 are each independently hydrogen; a C1- C7-alkyl; or a benzyl; or R1o and R'10, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, form a C3- C7-cycloalkyl;
- Rl1 and R' 11 are each independently hydrogen; or a Cl-C7-alkyl;
- R12 is a hydroxyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two Cl-C7- alkyls;
- R13 is hydrogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or 2 C1-C7-alkyls;
- Rl4 and R'14 are each independently a C1-C7-alkyl which 18 unsubsti~uted or subst~tuted by R15; a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R'15; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl;
or an adamantyl;
or - R14 and R'14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a heterocycle selected from morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine, azetidine, pyrrolidlne, piperidine and perhydroazepine, said heterocycle being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more methyl groups, by a phenyl or by an amino group which i9 free or carries a protecting group;
- R15 i8 a phenyl; a pyridyl; a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amlno which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; or a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R'1s is a hydroxyl; or an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- m is 1 or, if R6 is a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl or a Cl-C7-alkoxy, m can also be 2, 3 or 4, or else (R6)m can be m substituents having different meanings selected from :--, ~ 10 21292~
halogen, Cl-C7-alkyl and Cl-C7-alkoxy:
- p and q are each an integer, it being possible for their sum to vary from 3 to 6;
- t is an integer w~ich can vary from 2 to 5; ~- .
S - t' is an integer which can vary from O to 3;
- X is oxygen; a group S(O)n; a group NR13; or a group ~ :
N(O~R13: and :`-- n i~ O, l or 2; : :
with the limitation that if ::
- Rl and R2 are as defined above with the exception of the ureido group ~ubstituted by a benzyl group, or the thioureido group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two Cl- C4-alkyls;
- R3 and R4 are each independently a Cl-C6-alkyl: a C3-15 C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; or a cycloalkyl mathyl .
in which the c~cloalkyl is C3-C7;
or - R3 and R4 together form a group ~(CH2)pX(CH2)q~ in which X is oxygen, sulfur or a group NR13; : .
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-Clo hydrocarbon ring whlch is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Cl-C7-alkyl :
25 groups or by a C3-Cs-spirocycloalkyl; ~:~
- Rs and R6 are ot~er than a hydrogen: a halogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a cyano; a nitro; an amlno ~ :
which is free or substituted by one or two Cl- C7-alkyl~;
a hydroxyamlno, a hydroxyl; a carboxyl; a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycar~onyl; a .~
carbamoyl substituted by groups R'6 and R''6: a : :
thiocarbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C7; a group SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is Cl-C
212921~
a group -COR'7; a group -NR8Rg; or a group -CO-NH-CH(Rlo)-COR12, it being possibla, if appropriate, for the phenyl group formi~g part of the substituent R5 and/or R6 to be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a Cl-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a methoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a Cl-C6-alkylcarbonyloxy, a formyloxy or an imidazolyl;
in which groups R5 and/or R6:
- R'6 and R''6 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl which is un~ubstituted or substituted by R'''6; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4- yl; or a methylpiperidin-4-yl;
~5 ~ R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a cyano; a carboxyl whlch i8 free or esterified by a Cl-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; or an amino which i8 free or substltuted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls;
- R7 i8 a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C4-alkenyl; an ~-halogeno-C2-C7- alkyl;
a polyhalogeno-C1-C7-alkyl: a (Cl-C6)alkylcabonyl: a formyl; an ~-carboxy-Cl-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a Cl-C4-alkyl or a benzyl; or an ~-amlno-C2-C7-alkyl in whlch the amlno group is free, substltuted 2S by one or two Cl--C4-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion;
- R'7 i8 a plperazin-l-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R"7; a ! ' plperidlno group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R'''7; an azetidin- l-yl ~roup which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7;
- R''7 is a C1-C4-alkyl; a phenyl: a benzyl; or a ~Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl;
3S - R' ' '7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carrles a protecting group;
12 2 1 2 9 ~
- R8 and Rg are each independently a hydrogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; or a benzyl, Rg can also be a ~Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in whlch the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbonyl in S which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; an ~-amln(C2~
C3)alkylcarbonyl; an ~-hydroxy(Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl; an ~-benzyloxy(Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridylcarbonyl; a methyl-pyridylcarbonyl; a Cl-C4-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a group -CO-cH(Rlo)-NRllR ll; a group -CH(Rlo)CO2Rll; a group -(CH2)t~CORl2; a group -CO(CH2)t--CORl2; or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl or one or two Cl-C4-alkyls;
- t'' ls an integer which can vary from l to 3;
- Rlo is hydroyen; a Cl-C4-alkyl; or a benzyl;
- Rll and R'll are each independently hydrogen; or a C1-C4-alkyl;
- Rl2 is a hydroxyl; a Cl-C4-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two Cl-C4- alkyls;
and - Rl3 is hydrogen; a Cl-C4-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl: a (Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C4-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or ~ubstituted by one or 2 Cl-C4-alkyls;
and their salts where appropriate.
If a compound according to the invention has one or more asymmetric carbons, the invention includes all the optical lsomers of this compound.
If a compound according to the invention exhibits conformational isomerism of the axial-equatorial type, the invention includes all the conformational isomers of this compound.
The salts of the compounds of formula (I) according to the present invention include those with mineral or organlc acids which permit a suitable separation or crystallization of the compounds of formula 2~ ~92~
(I), such as picric acid, oxalic acid or an optlcally active acid, for example a mandelic acid or a camphosulfonic acid, and mineral or organic acids which form physiologically acceptable salts such as the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, dihydrogenphosphate, maleate, f~marate or naphthalene-2-sulfonate.
The salts of the compounds of formula (I) also include the salts with organic or mineral bases, for example the salts of alkali me~als or alkaline earth metals, such as the sodium, potassium and calcium salts, the sodium and potassium salts being pre~erred, or with an amlne such as trometamol, or else the salt~ of arginine, lysine or any physiologlcally acceptable amine.
According to the present invention, halogen is understood as meaning an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, preferably fluorine or chlorine. Amine-protecting group is understood as meaning a group such as, for example, a Cl-C4-alkyl, such as methyl or tert-butyl,; benzhydryl; trityl; benzoyl, a Cl-C4-alkylcarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl; benzyl or sub~tituted benzyl ~uch as p-nitrobenzyl, p-chlorobenzyl or p-methoxybenzyl.
According to ~he present invention, Cl-C4-, Cl-C3-, Cl-C5-~ Cl-C6-, Cl-C7-, C2-C6- or C2-C7-alkyl is understood as meaning a linear or branched alkyl.
Ac~ording to the present invention, optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-Cl2 hydrocarbon ring ! ls understood a~ meaning various hydrocarbon rings of monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ~tructure, for example a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, a cyclohexane, a cycloheptane, a cyclooctane, an indane, a hexahydro indane, an adamantane, a norbornane, a norbornene, a dihydrophenalene, a tricyclo[S.2.l. o2 ~ 6]decane, a tri-cyclo[5.2.l. o2~ 6]dec-8-ene, a bicyclo[2.2.l]heptane or a bicyclot3.3.l]nonane.
According to the present invention, if R3 and R4, together with the carbon ~o which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3- Cl2 hydrocarbon ring substituted by a hydroxyl, the preferred groups for substituting said hydroxyl are the methyl, ethyl, methoxy~?ethyl, methoxyethyl, phenylmethoxy~?ethyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl groups.
The compounds of formula (I) ~n which Rl ls in the 5-position of the indol-2-one and R2 ls hydrogen are preferred compounds.
The compounds of formula (I) in which Rl is a chlorine or fluorine atom or an ethoxy group in the 5-position of the indol-2-one and R2 is hydrogen are preferred compounds.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a C3-Cl2 hydrocarbon ring are preferred compounds;
particularly preferred compounds are those in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are 2~ bonded, form a cycloheptane, an adamantane, a tricyclo-[5.2.l.02,6]dec-8-ene, a tricyclot5.2.l.02~6]decane, a bicyclo[2.2.l~heptane, a bicyclo[3.3.l]nonane or a cyclohexane which i8 unsubstitutsd or substituted by a C3-Cs-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two Cl-C7-alkyl groups.
More particularly preferred compounds are those in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a cyclohexane substituted by a group selected from methoxy, ethoxy and 2-methoxy-ethoxy.
The compounds of formula (I) in which the substituents R5 and R6 are in the 2,4-position of the phenyl ring are preferred compounds.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is an orthomethoxy group and R6 in the para-pos1tion is a group selected from:
- (piperidin-l-yl)carboxamido, .~ ?': ~ . ,. . .: .
`` 212921~
- (2-cyanoprop-2-yl)carbonyl, - pyrrolidin-l-yl, - 3,3-diethylguanidino and - N' ,N'-diethylthioureido are preferred compounds.
The following abbreviations are used in the description and in the Examples:
DCM: dichloromethane ether: ethyl ether iso ether: isopropyl ether Boc: tert-butoxycarbonyl Me, MeO: methyl, methoxy Et, ~tO: ethyl, ~tho~y Pr, iPr, nPr: propyl, isopropyl, n-propyl 15 Bu, lBu, tBu: butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl ~.
Ph: phenyl Bz: benzyl Ts: tosyl Ac: acetyl :
AcOEt: ethyl acetate AcOH: acetic acid HCl: hydrochloric acid MeOH: methanol EtOH: ethanol DMF: dlmethylformamide THF: tetrahydrofuran ; .
DMSO: dlmethyl sulfoxide DIPEA: diisopropylethylamine : NaOH: sodium hydroxide NaHC03: sodium hydrogencarbonate TEA: triethylamine TFA: trifluoroacetic acid TMEDA: tetramethylethylenediamine Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-d~thia-2,4 diphosphetane 2,4-disulfide M.p~: melting point -~
.: ~ -...
2129~1~
saline solution: saturated aqueous sodium chloride solutlon TLC: thin layer chromatography HPLC: high pressure liquid chromatography 5 aqueous hydrochloric acid: dilute hydrochloric acid, :
about l N
RT: room temperature B.p.: boillng point NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance ~;.
s: singlet bs: broad singlet d: doublet t: triplet q: quadruplet : -~
m: unresolved signals mt: multiplet The present invention further relates to a process for the preparation of the compounds according to .
the in~ention, and their salts, which comprises:
20 l/ rsacting a benzenesulfonyl halide of the formula ~ -(~1) .
(RVl)m in which Hal is a halogen atom, preferably chlorine, and R'5 and RVI are respectively either R5 and R6 as def~ned above for (I), or precursor groups of R5 and R6, with a :-l,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstituted in the 3-position of the formula ,~ 17 212~21~
R'~ R4 R~ N~ o (Il) in which R'1, R'2, R'3 and R'4 are respectively either Rl, R2, R3 and R4 as defined for (I), or precur~or groups of Rl, R2, R3 and R4; and 2/ elther, if R'1 = Rl, R 2 ' R2, R 3 R3, 4 4 R's = Rs and RVI = R6, isolating the resulting compound of formula (I);
3/ or, if any one of the groups ~ 1, R 2~ R 3, R 4, R 5 and/or RVI is respectively a precursor group of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and/or ~6~ subJecting the compound obtained, hereafter called the compound of formula (I'), to a subsequent ~reatment in order to prepare the compound of formula (I) by converting any one of the groups R'1, R'2, R'3~ R'4~ R'5 and~or ~VI to Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rs ~ndJ or R6 respectively; and ~-~
(R6)m in which - Rl and R2 are each independently a hydrogen; a S hydroxyl; an ~-halogeno-Cl-C7-alkoxy; a halogen a C~
C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxy; a polyhalogeno-Cl-C7-alkoxy; an ~-hydroxy-C2~C7-alkoxy; an ~-methoxyalkoxy in whlch the alkyl is C2-C7; an ~-amino-C2-C7-alkoxy which is ~ree or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a C3-C7-cycloalkoxy; a cycloalkylmethoxy in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7: a phenoxy; a benzyloxy; a Cl-C7-alkylthio; a phenylthlo: a nltro; an amlno which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a cyano; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a ~Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy; a formyloxy; a Cl-C7-alkylsulfonamido, a phenylsulfonamldo; a benzylsulfonamido; a C1-C7-alkylamido a C~-C7-alkoxycarbonylamino: a ureido whlch is unsubstituted or substltuted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1-C7-alkyls; ~r a thloureido whlch i~ unsubstituted orubstituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two Cl-C7-alkyls, - R3 and R4 are each independently a Cl-C7-alkyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl a cycloalkylmethyl ln whlch the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; or an ~-hydroxy-C2- C7-alkyl in which the hydroxyl is free or substituted by a group selected from Cl-C4-alkyl groups, (Cl-Cs~-alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl i9 Cl-C4, :
21292~ ~
phenylalkoxyalkyl ~roups in which the alkoxy is Cl-C2 and the alkyl is Cl-C4 and tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl groups;
or - R~ and R4 together form a group ~(CH2)pX(CH2)q~
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring which is unsubstituted or substi~uted by one or more 51-C7-alkyl groups, by an oxo group, by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two hydroxyls which are free or substituted by a group selected from C1-C4-alkyl groups, (Cl-C5)alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is Cl-C4, ~-hydroxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, triphenylmethoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, phenylalkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkoxy is Cl-C2 and the alkyl is Cl-C4, and tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, formyl and (C1-C7)alkylcarbonyl groups;
- R5 and R6 are each independently a hydrogen; a halogen;
a C1-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a oyano,i a nitroi an amino which i~ free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a hydroxyamino; a hydroxyl a carboxyl; a guanidino which is unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a phenyl or a benzyl: a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycarbonyl; a carbamoyl iubstituted by groups R'6 and R''6; a thiocarbamoyl which i8 free or subs~ituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C7; a group -SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is Cl-C7;
a phe~ylsulfonamido; a benzylsulfonamido; a group -COR'7;
a group NRgRg; or a group -CO-NH-cRloR'lo-coRl2; if appropriate, the phenyl group forming part of the 2129~1~
substituent R5 and/or R6 can be unsubstltuted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a Cl-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a C1-C7-alkoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl i~ Cl-C7, a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy or an imldazolyl;
- R'6 and R''6 are each lndependently hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogens or ~'''6; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a (Cl-C4)alkyl, a phenyl;
a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4-yl; a methylpiperidin-4-yl; or a pyrrolidin-1-yl; or R'6 and R''6, with the ni~rogen atom to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino group substituted by a hydroxymethyl or by a carbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
~ R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amino which i8 free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a carbamoyl which ls free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls or in whlch the two substltuents, toge~her wlth the nitrogen atom to whlch they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino, a piperidino or a perhydroazepino; a cyano;
a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; an adamantyl;
or a heterocyclic radical selected from pyridyl, methylpyridyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, methylthienyl, pyrrolidino, plperidlno and perhydroazepino groups;
` I R7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C7-alkenyl; an ~-halogeno-C2-C7- alkyl a polyhalogeno~Cl-C7~alkyl; an ~-hydroxy-C2- C7-alkyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcar~onyl; a formyl; an ~- carboxy-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a Cl-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; an ~-amino-C2-C7-alkyl in which the amino group is free, substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion; or an ~-carbamoyl-Cl-C7-alkyl 212921~
which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls;
- R'7 is a piperazin-l-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R"7; a piperidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted in S the 4-position by a group ~'~'7; an azetidin-1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7; or a pyrrolidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a group R''''7;
- R''7 is a Cl-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (C1-C6) alkylcarbonyl; or a formyl;
- R'''7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R''''7 is R'''7; or a carboxyl group which is free or esterified by a Cl-C7-alkyl;
IS - R8 and Rg are each independently a hydrogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a benzyl; or a phenyl; Rg can also be a C3-Cg-alkene; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl: a formyl; a (C1-C6)-alkylthiocarbonyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in whlch the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbonyl in which the cycloalkyll is C3-C7; an ~-amino(C2~C6)~
alkylcarbonyl; an ~-hydroxy(Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl: an ~-benzyloxy(Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a phano~ythiocarbonyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridyl~arbonyl~
a methylpyridylcarbonyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a phenacetyl; a group -CO-CR1oR 10- NRllR ll; a group -CRloR~locoRl2; a group -(CH2)tCO R12; a ~roup -CO(CH2)t-COR12; a carbamoyl which is unsub~tituted or substituted by Rl~ and R'14; a thiocarbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R14 and R'14; ;or a heterocyclla radical selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrim~d~nyl, pyridyl and thlazolyl group~
or - R8 and Rg, together with the nltrogen atom to which they are bonded, form hydanto~n; N~methylhydantoin; or a heterocyrle ~elected from pyrrol-l-yl, ~3- pyrrolin-1-yl, 2129~
pyrrolidin-l-yl and isoindolin-2-yl in which the benzene ring can be unsubstituted or substituted by a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl or a methoxy;
- Rlo and R'10 are each independently hydrogen; a C1- C7-alkyl; or a benzyl; or R1o and R'10, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, form a C3- C7-cycloalkyl;
- Rl1 and R' 11 are each independently hydrogen; or a Cl-C7-alkyl;
- R12 is a hydroxyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two Cl-C7- alkyls;
- R13 is hydrogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or 2 C1-C7-alkyls;
- Rl4 and R'14 are each independently a C1-C7-alkyl which 18 unsubsti~uted or subst~tuted by R15; a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R'15; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl;
or an adamantyl;
or - R14 and R'14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a heterocycle selected from morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine, azetidine, pyrrolidlne, piperidine and perhydroazepine, said heterocycle being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more methyl groups, by a phenyl or by an amino group which i9 free or carries a protecting group;
- R15 i8 a phenyl; a pyridyl; a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amlno which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; or a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R'1s is a hydroxyl; or an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- m is 1 or, if R6 is a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl or a Cl-C7-alkoxy, m can also be 2, 3 or 4, or else (R6)m can be m substituents having different meanings selected from :--, ~ 10 21292~
halogen, Cl-C7-alkyl and Cl-C7-alkoxy:
- p and q are each an integer, it being possible for their sum to vary from 3 to 6;
- t is an integer w~ich can vary from 2 to 5; ~- .
S - t' is an integer which can vary from O to 3;
- X is oxygen; a group S(O)n; a group NR13; or a group ~ :
N(O~R13: and :`-- n i~ O, l or 2; : :
with the limitation that if ::
- Rl and R2 are as defined above with the exception of the ureido group ~ubstituted by a benzyl group, or the thioureido group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two Cl- C4-alkyls;
- R3 and R4 are each independently a Cl-C6-alkyl: a C3-15 C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; or a cycloalkyl mathyl .
in which the c~cloalkyl is C3-C7;
or - R3 and R4 together form a group ~(CH2)pX(CH2)q~ in which X is oxygen, sulfur or a group NR13; : .
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-Clo hydrocarbon ring whlch is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Cl-C7-alkyl :
25 groups or by a C3-Cs-spirocycloalkyl; ~:~
- Rs and R6 are ot~er than a hydrogen: a halogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a cyano; a nitro; an amlno ~ :
which is free or substituted by one or two Cl- C7-alkyl~;
a hydroxyamlno, a hydroxyl; a carboxyl; a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycar~onyl; a .~
carbamoyl substituted by groups R'6 and R''6: a : :
thiocarbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C7; a group SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is Cl-C
212921~
a group -COR'7; a group -NR8Rg; or a group -CO-NH-CH(Rlo)-COR12, it being possibla, if appropriate, for the phenyl group formi~g part of the substituent R5 and/or R6 to be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a Cl-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a methoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a Cl-C6-alkylcarbonyloxy, a formyloxy or an imidazolyl;
in which groups R5 and/or R6:
- R'6 and R''6 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl which is un~ubstituted or substituted by R'''6; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4- yl; or a methylpiperidin-4-yl;
~5 ~ R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a cyano; a carboxyl whlch i8 free or esterified by a Cl-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; or an amino which i8 free or substltuted by one or two Cl-C7-alkyls;
- R7 i8 a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C4-alkenyl; an ~-halogeno-C2-C7- alkyl;
a polyhalogeno-C1-C7-alkyl: a (Cl-C6)alkylcabonyl: a formyl; an ~-carboxy-Cl-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a Cl-C4-alkyl or a benzyl; or an ~-amlno-C2-C7-alkyl in whlch the amlno group is free, substltuted 2S by one or two Cl--C4-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion;
- R'7 i8 a plperazin-l-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R"7; a ! ' plperidlno group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R'''7; an azetidin- l-yl ~roup which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7;
- R''7 is a C1-C4-alkyl; a phenyl: a benzyl; or a ~Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl;
3S - R' ' '7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carrles a protecting group;
12 2 1 2 9 ~
- R8 and Rg are each independently a hydrogen; a Cl-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; or a benzyl, Rg can also be a ~Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in whlch the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbonyl in S which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; an ~-amln(C2~
C3)alkylcarbonyl; an ~-hydroxy(Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl; an ~-benzyloxy(Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridylcarbonyl; a methyl-pyridylcarbonyl; a Cl-C4-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a group -CO-cH(Rlo)-NRllR ll; a group -CH(Rlo)CO2Rll; a group -(CH2)t~CORl2; a group -CO(CH2)t--CORl2; or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl or one or two Cl-C4-alkyls;
- t'' ls an integer which can vary from l to 3;
- Rlo is hydroyen; a Cl-C4-alkyl; or a benzyl;
- Rll and R'll are each independently hydrogen; or a C1-C4-alkyl;
- Rl2 is a hydroxyl; a Cl-C4-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two Cl-C4- alkyls;
and - Rl3 is hydrogen; a Cl-C4-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl: a (Cl-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a Cl-C4-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or ~ubstituted by one or 2 Cl-C4-alkyls;
and their salts where appropriate.
If a compound according to the invention has one or more asymmetric carbons, the invention includes all the optical lsomers of this compound.
If a compound according to the invention exhibits conformational isomerism of the axial-equatorial type, the invention includes all the conformational isomers of this compound.
The salts of the compounds of formula (I) according to the present invention include those with mineral or organlc acids which permit a suitable separation or crystallization of the compounds of formula 2~ ~92~
(I), such as picric acid, oxalic acid or an optlcally active acid, for example a mandelic acid or a camphosulfonic acid, and mineral or organic acids which form physiologically acceptable salts such as the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, hydrogensulfate, dihydrogenphosphate, maleate, f~marate or naphthalene-2-sulfonate.
The salts of the compounds of formula (I) also include the salts with organic or mineral bases, for example the salts of alkali me~als or alkaline earth metals, such as the sodium, potassium and calcium salts, the sodium and potassium salts being pre~erred, or with an amlne such as trometamol, or else the salt~ of arginine, lysine or any physiologlcally acceptable amine.
According to the present invention, halogen is understood as meaning an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, preferably fluorine or chlorine. Amine-protecting group is understood as meaning a group such as, for example, a Cl-C4-alkyl, such as methyl or tert-butyl,; benzhydryl; trityl; benzoyl, a Cl-C4-alkylcarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl; benzyl or sub~tituted benzyl ~uch as p-nitrobenzyl, p-chlorobenzyl or p-methoxybenzyl.
According to ~he present invention, Cl-C4-, Cl-C3-, Cl-C5-~ Cl-C6-, Cl-C7-, C2-C6- or C2-C7-alkyl is understood as meaning a linear or branched alkyl.
Ac~ording to the present invention, optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-Cl2 hydrocarbon ring ! ls understood a~ meaning various hydrocarbon rings of monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ~tructure, for example a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, a cyclohexane, a cycloheptane, a cyclooctane, an indane, a hexahydro indane, an adamantane, a norbornane, a norbornene, a dihydrophenalene, a tricyclo[S.2.l. o2 ~ 6]decane, a tri-cyclo[5.2.l. o2~ 6]dec-8-ene, a bicyclo[2.2.l]heptane or a bicyclot3.3.l]nonane.
According to the present invention, if R3 and R4, together with the carbon ~o which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3- Cl2 hydrocarbon ring substituted by a hydroxyl, the preferred groups for substituting said hydroxyl are the methyl, ethyl, methoxy~?ethyl, methoxyethyl, phenylmethoxy~?ethyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl groups.
The compounds of formula (I) ~n which Rl ls in the 5-position of the indol-2-one and R2 ls hydrogen are preferred compounds.
The compounds of formula (I) in which Rl is a chlorine or fluorine atom or an ethoxy group in the 5-position of the indol-2-one and R2 is hydrogen are preferred compounds.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a C3-Cl2 hydrocarbon ring are preferred compounds;
particularly preferred compounds are those in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are 2~ bonded, form a cycloheptane, an adamantane, a tricyclo-[5.2.l.02,6]dec-8-ene, a tricyclot5.2.l.02~6]decane, a bicyclo[2.2.l~heptane, a bicyclo[3.3.l]nonane or a cyclohexane which i8 unsubstitutsd or substituted by a C3-Cs-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two Cl-C7-alkyl groups.
More particularly preferred compounds are those in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a cyclohexane substituted by a group selected from methoxy, ethoxy and 2-methoxy-ethoxy.
The compounds of formula (I) in which the substituents R5 and R6 are in the 2,4-position of the phenyl ring are preferred compounds.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is an orthomethoxy group and R6 in the para-pos1tion is a group selected from:
- (piperidin-l-yl)carboxamido, .~ ?': ~ . ,. . .: .
`` 212921~
- (2-cyanoprop-2-yl)carbonyl, - pyrrolidin-l-yl, - 3,3-diethylguanidino and - N' ,N'-diethylthioureido are preferred compounds.
The following abbreviations are used in the description and in the Examples:
DCM: dichloromethane ether: ethyl ether iso ether: isopropyl ether Boc: tert-butoxycarbonyl Me, MeO: methyl, methoxy Et, ~tO: ethyl, ~tho~y Pr, iPr, nPr: propyl, isopropyl, n-propyl 15 Bu, lBu, tBu: butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl ~.
Ph: phenyl Bz: benzyl Ts: tosyl Ac: acetyl :
AcOEt: ethyl acetate AcOH: acetic acid HCl: hydrochloric acid MeOH: methanol EtOH: ethanol DMF: dlmethylformamide THF: tetrahydrofuran ; .
DMSO: dlmethyl sulfoxide DIPEA: diisopropylethylamine : NaOH: sodium hydroxide NaHC03: sodium hydrogencarbonate TEA: triethylamine TFA: trifluoroacetic acid TMEDA: tetramethylethylenediamine Lawesson's reagent: 2,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-d~thia-2,4 diphosphetane 2,4-disulfide M.p~: melting point -~
.: ~ -...
2129~1~
saline solution: saturated aqueous sodium chloride solutlon TLC: thin layer chromatography HPLC: high pressure liquid chromatography 5 aqueous hydrochloric acid: dilute hydrochloric acid, :
about l N
RT: room temperature B.p.: boillng point NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance ~;.
s: singlet bs: broad singlet d: doublet t: triplet q: quadruplet : -~
m: unresolved signals mt: multiplet The present invention further relates to a process for the preparation of the compounds according to .
the in~ention, and their salts, which comprises:
20 l/ rsacting a benzenesulfonyl halide of the formula ~ -(~1) .
(RVl)m in which Hal is a halogen atom, preferably chlorine, and R'5 and RVI are respectively either R5 and R6 as def~ned above for (I), or precursor groups of R5 and R6, with a :-l,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstituted in the 3-position of the formula ,~ 17 212~21~
R'~ R4 R~ N~ o (Il) in which R'1, R'2, R'3 and R'4 are respectively either Rl, R2, R3 and R4 as defined for (I), or precur~or groups of Rl, R2, R3 and R4; and 2/ elther, if R'1 = Rl, R 2 ' R2, R 3 R3, 4 4 R's = Rs and RVI = R6, isolating the resulting compound of formula (I);
3/ or, if any one of the groups ~ 1, R 2~ R 3, R 4, R 5 and/or RVI is respectively a precursor group of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and/or ~6~ subJecting the compound obtained, hereafter called the compound of formula (I'), to a subsequent ~reatment in order to prepare the compound of formula (I) by converting any one of the groups R'1, R'2, R'3~ R'4~ R'5 and~or ~VI to Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rs ~ndJ or R6 respectively; and ~-~
4/ if desired, converting the resulting compound of formula (I) to one of its salts.
The reaction of step 1/ i~ carried out in an anhydrous solvent such as DMF or THF, in the presence of a metal hydride such as, for example, sodium hydrlde, or in the presencs of an alcoholate such as potassium tert-butylate. ~-~
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones (II) are known or can be prepared by known me~hods using different procedures.
Compounds (II) in which R'1 and/or R'2 are a halo~en and R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a spirocyclobutane, a spirocyclohexane or a spirocycloheptane are known, for example from D.W. Robertson et al., J. Med. Chem., 1987, ~Q (5), 824-829. ~lso, 5-chloro-3-spirocyclo~
pentanelndol-2-one is described in patent US 3 947 451. ;~
To prepare the compounds (II) ln the case where :.
R'3 and R'4 to~ether are a hydrocarbon group, it i8 possible to use the srunner reaction described by R.F.
Moore and S.G.P. Plant in J. Chem. Soc., 1951, 3475- .
The reaction of step 1/ i~ carried out in an anhydrous solvent such as DMF or THF, in the presence of a metal hydride such as, for example, sodium hydrlde, or in the presencs of an alcoholate such as potassium tert-butylate. ~-~
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones (II) are known or can be prepared by known me~hods using different procedures.
Compounds (II) in which R'1 and/or R'2 are a halo~en and R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a spirocyclobutane, a spirocyclohexane or a spirocycloheptane are known, for example from D.W. Robertson et al., J. Med. Chem., 1987, ~Q (5), 824-829. ~lso, 5-chloro-3-spirocyclo~
pentanelndol-2-one is described in patent US 3 947 451. ;~
To prepare the compounds (II) ln the case where :.
R'3 and R'4 to~ether are a hydrocarbon group, it i8 possible to use the srunner reaction described by R.F.
Moore and S.G.P. Plant in J. Chem. Soc., 1951, 3475- .
5 3478, which leads to the preparation of compounds (II) in .
which CR'3R'~ is a cyclopentane or a cyclohexane.
This reaction is carried out by cyclizing a -phenylhydrazide derivative of the formula R'3 JL N H ~ H 1 1 ~H \ R~ (~) ln which R'l, R'2, R'3 and R'4 are as defined above for (II), for example by heating in quinoline in the presence of calclum oxide.
According to the same authors, the phenylhydrazide derivative (IV) is obtained by reactlng a hydrazine derivative of the formula R 1~/~
~NH-NH2 R 2 (V) ,~
;
: , in which R'l and R'2 are as defined above for (II), with :
an acid halide of the formula R
C--CH
2s in which R'3 and R'4 are as defined above for (II).
~ ~ -2~2921~ :
In one particular embodiment, lf R'3 and R'g, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a polycondensed hydrocarbon ring, for example a norbornane or a norbornene, the reaction is carried out by the method described by ~. Wolff et al., Tetrahedron, 1986, 42 (15), 4267-4272: First of all, a lithium salt of the compound (IV) is prepared by reaction with a lithium reagent such as n-butyllithium, in an inert solvent such as THF, at low temperature, and then the cyclizatlon is effected by heating in a solvent such as naphthalene or prehnitene (1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene).
The compounds (II) in which R'l = R'2 = H and CR'3R'4 is adamantane are described in I. Fleming et al., J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. I, 1991, ~, 617-626. The compounds (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, form an adamantane and R'l and R'2 are other than hydrogen can be prepared by the method described above.
The hydrazine derivatives (V) are known or are prepared by known methods. The same applies to the acid halides (VI).
A 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstituted ln the 3-position (II) can also be prepared from a 1,3- ~ -dihydroindol-2-one of the formula ~
R'2--~ /~ (Vll) :.. :
H
in which R'l and R'2 are as deflned above for (II), by using various processes.
For example, the method described by A.S. Kende and J.C. Hodges in Synth. Commun., 1982, 12 (1), l-lO, involves the addition of an alkylating agent in an ~ ;
appropriate solvent. Thus, to prepare a compound (II) in .:. . ~,:~
~ 20 2129~1~
:
which R'3 = R'4, the reaction is carried out in THF at -75-C, in the presence of TMEDA, by the addition of an alkyllith~um such as butyllithium, followed by reaction with a halide of the formula R'3Hal: if R'3 and R'4 are different, the alkylation reaction can be performed in 2 steps with 2 different alkyl halides of the formulae R'3Hal and R'4Hal. To prepare a compound ( I I ) in which R'3 and R'4 together form a group of the formula -(CH2)n-, where n varles from 3 lto 12, the reagent used is a compound of the formula Z(CH2)nZ, in which Z i8 an electrophilic group such as a halogen, preferably bromine or iodine, a tosyloxy group or a mesyloxy group. In one variant of this process, the reaction can also be carried out by the addition of an alkali metal alcoholate, such as potassium tert- butylate, onto a compound of for~ula (VII), in THF at -40-C, followed by the addltion of a compound of the formula Z-(CH2)nZ a~ defined above.
The compounds (II) ln which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, fo~m a C4-Cg hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or more Cl- C7-alkyl groups or by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl are prepared ln the same way.
The compounds of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'4 are each independently an alkyl or a phenyl are known. For example, patent D8 3 300 522 describes 5-alkoxy-3,3-dimethylindol-2-ones.
If R'3 and R'4 together form a group -(CH2)pX-(CH2)q~~ in which p, q and X are as defined a~ove for I), a 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstitut~d in the 3-position of formula (II) can be prepared from a 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one unsubstituted in the 3-position (VII) by reaction with a compound of the formula Z-(cH2)p-x-(cH2)q-z (VIII) in which Z is as defined above and X, p and q are as ... .. , , .. , . . . . ....... ., . ,, ~, . , . .. . ~ . . .
i: ~ . ~ ,. - - . :.
;:,,: , . .
21 212921~
defined above for (I). The reaction ls carried out ln the presence of an alcoholate, for example potassium tert-butylate, in an anhydrous solvent such as, for example, THF.
If X is a nitrogen atom substituted by a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl, a formyl, a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl or a Cl-C7-alkylcarbamoyl, the substitution on X can be effected either on the 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivative ~-(II) or on the final compound (I) starting from a compound in which the nitrogen atom (X - NH) is unsubstituted.
Thus, if X is a nitrogen atom substituted by a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl, the first itep is to prepare a compound (II) or (I) in which X is NH, whlch is then reacted with the appropriate chloroformate to give ~he deslred compound (II) or (I). In the same way, a Cl- C7-alkyl isocyanate is reacted with a compound (II) or (I) in which X = NH to give a derivative (II) or a compound (I) in whlch X is a nitrogen atom substituted by an alkylcarbamoyl. An acid chloride or an anhydrlde is reacted with a compound (II) or a compound (I) in which X
- NH in order to prepare a compound of formula (II) or (I) in which X is a nitrogen atom substitutad by a (C
C6)alkylcarbonyl.
Formic acid in the presence of acetic anhydride is reacted with a compound (II) or (I) in which X ~ NH ln order to prepare a compound of formula (II) or (I) in which X is a nltrogen atom substituted by a formyl.
If X is a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom substituted by R13, it is also possible firstly to prepare a compound of the formula . , ~.
, 22 21292~
.
R'l` (CH2)Pz ~ o R'2 H (l~
in which R'l, R'2, Z, p and q are as defined abovP, and to perform a nucleophilic substitution with a hydrogen ~-S sulflde salt or an amine of the formula H2N~13, in a solvent such as an alcohol, an ether, DMF or a mixture thereof, at a temperature between 5-C and the reflu~
temperature.
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones of formula (II') are obtained from the corresponding diols, either as such or protected, for example by a tetrahydropyran-2- yl yroup.
The reaction can be carried out with dlbromotriphenylphosphorane according to J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1989, 1619.
The compounds (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolldine, N-alkylpyrrolidine, piperidine or N-alkylpiperidine ring are described by M.J. Xornet in ~.
Med. Chem., 1976, 12 (7), 892-899.
In particular, horsfiline of the formula N / Me McO ~
H
is an alkaloid described in A. Jossang et al., J. Org.
Chem., 1991, 56 (23), 6527-S530.
To prepare a compound of formula (II) 1n which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are ., 2129~1') bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.l.02,6]decane or a tricyclo[5.2.l.02,6]dec-8-ene, a compound (VII') or, respectively, a compound (VII'') of the formulae Z{~H2~ Z{~H2 ~1 Z{~H2--\V Z~H2 ~
(V~ (V 1) , ,, in which Z is as defined above, is reacted with a compound of formula (VII). Compound~ (VII') and (VII'') substituted by one or more Cl-C7-alkyl groups are u~ed to -10 prepare compounds (II) in which said carbocycles are ~ -substituted. :
A compound of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'~
together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a .
tricyclo[5.2.l.02,6]decane can al~o be prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with thei carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.l.02~6]dec- 8 ene, for .-~
example in the presence of palladium-on- charcoal or .:
Raney~ nickel. - .. :.
A compound of formula (I) in which R3 and R~
together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a .-tricyclo[5.2.l.02~6]decane aan also be prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound of formula (I) in :
which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they ~ -are bonded, for~ a tricyclo[5.2.l.02~6]dec- 8-ene, for : example in the preience of palladium-on- charcoal or .--Raney~ nickel. ~ ~:
To prepare a compound (II) in which R'3 and R'4, .
together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form 30 an .~ndane or a hexahydroindane, a compound (VIII') or, ..
respectively, a compound (VIII'') of the formulae ~-.
` 2129~1~
Z{~H2--~I z~H2 ~--\1 Z-CH2 ~ Z~CH
~VII~' ~VII~
in which Z is defined as indicated above for (VIII), ~s reacted with a compound (VII). Compounds (VIII') and (VIII'') substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups are used to prepare compounds (II) in which the indane or hexahydroindane is substituted.
The method of A.S. Kende and J.C. Hodges described above or it~i variant described above can be used to prepare compounds of formula (II) ln whlch the substituents R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon ~o whlch they are bonded, form an optlonally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups or by a group selected from an oxo ~roup protected under acetal form, a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl, or one or two hydroxyls substituted by a Cl-C4-alkyl, a (C1-C5)alkoxyalkyl in whlch the alkyl is Cl-C4, a triphenylmethoxyalkyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C4, a phenylalkoxyalkyl in which the alkoxy is Cl-C2 and the alkyl ls Cl-C4, a tetrahydrofuranyl or a tetrahydropyranyl. To obtain the compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two hydroxyls, the ; Icorresponding compounds of formula (I) in which the hydroxyl group or groups are ~ubstituted by a ~Cl Cs)alkoxyalkyl in which the alkyl is C1-C4, a tetrahydrofuranyl or a tetrahydropyranyl are deprotected.
This deprotect~on is effected ln an acid medium, for example in the presence of a mineral or oryanic acid, in an alcohol or ether solvent ~uch as THF, at a temperature between 15-C and the reflux temperature; the deprotection . - ~ - - . . ~ . . . .
1292~ ~ :
can be carried out for example in the presence of hydrochloric acid or pyridinium toluenesulfona~e in an alcohol.
To obtain the compounds of formula ( I ~ ln which 5 R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring Qubstituted by one or two ~-hydroxy(Cl-C4)alkoxy groups, the corresponding com pounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsa~urated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two (Cl-Cs)alkoxy(Cl-C4)alkoxy groups are deprotected. Thls deprotection i~ effected in an acid medium, for example tri$1uoroacetic acid, in a solvent such as DCM.
Compounds of formula (I) in whlch R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optlonally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two (Cl-C4)-alkoxy ~roups or one or two (C1-C5)alkoxy(Cl-C4)alkoxy groups can also be prepared by alkylatin~ compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two hydroxyls. This alkylation is carried out more particularly w$th powerful alkylating reagents such as alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonates, in solvent such as DCM
or carbon tetrachloride, in the presence of a ba~e such as 2,6-di tert-butylpyridine, by the method described in 30 Carbohydrate Research, 1975, 44, C5-C7. The alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonates can be obtained from the alkyl iodides by reaction with a trifluoromethanesulfonic acid salt such as the silver salt (Chemical Reviews, 1977, 77).
Compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form 2 1 2 9 2 1 rj an optionally fused, saturated or uns~turated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring subst~tuted by one or two formyloxy groups or one or two (C1-C7)alkylcarbonyloxy group.~ can be prepared by reacting dimethyl sulfate in the presence of cesium carbonate or, respectively, by reacting an acid halide or an anhydride with a compound of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two hydroxyls.
A compound of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.1. o2 ~ 6]decane-8,9-diol can also be obtained from a compound of formula ( I ) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]dec-8-ene, which is reacted with metachloroperbenzoic acid at room temperature, in a solvent such as DCM, to give an intermediate compound of fo~mula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo-t5.2.1.O2~6~decan-8,9-epoxy; the intermediate epoxide derivative i8 then hydrolyzed by refluxing in water in the presence of sulfuric acid or in a basic medium.
The compounds of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with the carhon to which they are bonded, form either an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by an oxo group, or a group ~(CH2)p~X~(CH2)q~ in which X is a group SO, S2 or N(O)R13, are prepared by known oxidation reactions starting from the corresponding compounds of formula (II) in whlch R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, respectively form eithsr an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by a hydroxyl, or a group -(CH2)p~X~(CH2)q~ in which X is a sulfur atom or a group NR13.
~ 27 21292~ ~
For example, th~ oxidation of secondary alcoholsto k~tones can be carried out in the presence of chromium oxide complexes such as pyridinium chlorochromate, in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride, or with oxidizing agents such as DMSO, by the methods de~cribed ln Tetrahedron, 1978, ~4, 1651.
The oxldat~on of the compounds (II) contalning a sulfur or nitrogen atom (X = S, NR13) can be effected in the presence of hydrogen peroxide or peracids such as peracetic or metachloroperbenzoic acid, in inert solvents such as ketones or acetic acid, at temperatures between 0-C and 50-C.
If R'3 and R'4 are each a phenyl, the process described in Helv. Chim. Acta, 1946, 29, 415-432, can be used t~ prepare a compound (II).
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives (VII) are known or are prepared by known methods. An example which may be cited is J.V, Ra~anBabu in J. Org. Chem., 1986, ~ -~1, 1704-1712.
20The compounds of formula (II3 which carry certain substituents R'1 and R'2 on their benzene moiety are u~ed ;
as precursors for the preparation of compounds of formula (II) which carry other substituents R'1 and R'2. For example, the compounds (II) in which R'l and/or R'2 - H
can be nitrated with the conventional reagents; they can also be acylated by reaction with an acid chloride of the formula RCOCl, ln which R i9 a Cl-C7-alkyl, in the presence of a Lewis acid such as aluminum chloride, in order to prepare a compound (II) in which R'l and/or R'2 z-COR. The compound (II) in which R'l is an am~no group i~ prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound (II) in which R'l is a nitro group and R'2 is hydrogen.
The benzenesulfonyl halides (III) are prepared by known methods. Thus, for example, 4-dlmethylamino `~
benzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared accordin~ to C~N.
Sukenik et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1977, 9~, 851-858.
- ;, 28 212921~
More generally, the benzenesulfonyl halides (III) in which the substituent R ' 5 iS a dimethylamino group are known or are prepared by known methods; p-benzyloxy-benzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared according to European patent application EP 229 566.
The alkoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared from the sodlum alkoxybenzenesul~onate, which is itself prepared by reacting an alkyl halide with sodium hydroxybenzenesulfonate.
2,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared according to J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1952, 74, 2008.
The halogenoalkoxybenzenssulfonyl chlorides can be prepared accordlng to patent US 2 540 057.
The benzenesulfonyl halides of the formula OAIk ~JI
(111)' YRV
in which - Alk is a Cl-C7-alkyl;
- Y is O or S: and ~ RV is a Cl-C7-alkyl, a C3-C7-cycloalkyl, a C2-C7-alkenyl, an ~-halogeno-C1-C7-alkyl, a polyhalogeno- Cl-C7-alkyl, a benzyl, a ~Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl, a formyl or an ~-carboxy-Cl-C7-alkyl esterlfied by a Cl-C4-alkyl or a benzyl, are prepared according to D. Hofmann et al. in Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1982, 287-297.
Benzene compounds carrying the substituents YRV
and OAlk in the 1- and 3-positions are reacted with i-- 2 1 2 9 2 1 ~3 trimethylsilyl chlorosulfonate in a solvent such as DCM, at RT. The method of R. Passerini et al. in Gazz. Chim.
Ital., 1960, 9Q, 1277-89, is then applied and this is followed by neutralization, for example with alkali metal carbonate, and then by reaction with a halide such as POC13 to give the desired benzenesulfonyl halide.
The benzenesulfonyl halides (III) in which the substituent R'5 is an alkoxycarbonyl, a phenoxycarbonyl, a benzyloxycarbonyl, an alkylthlo, a phenylthio, a benzylthio or a group -SR7, R7 being as defined Por (I), are prepared according to Col. Czechoslov. Chem. Commun., 1984, 49, 1184, from an aniline derivative substituted by the same grouping R'5, said aniline derivative ltself being obtained from the corresponding nitro derivatlve.
The nitrobenzoic acid derivatives are known; the corresponding alkyl and phenyl esters are obtained by sub~ecting this acid to an appropriate esterification reaction.
The benzenedisulfonyl dihalides (III, Rs '= -S02Hal) are known or are prepared by known methods. Forexample, 2,4-dimethoxybenzene-1,5-disulfonyl dichlorlde ls described in R.J.W. Cremlyn, J. Chem. Soc. C, 1969, 1344.
The halogenoalkoxybenzenesulfonyl chlorides (III, R'5 - ~-halogenoalkoxy) are used to prepare compounds according to the invention in which the substituent Rs i8 an ~-aminoalkosy which is unsubstituted or substltuted by one or two alkyls, according to the following equa~lon:
-O-Alk'-Hal + NHAA' -~ -O-Alk'-NAA' in which Alk' is a C2-C7-alkyl and A and A' are independently hydrogen or a C1-C7-alkyl.
For certain meanings of the substituents Rl, R2, R5 and/or R6, the compounds (I) according to the _ 30 2129~ ~
invention can be prepared from a precursor of formula (I') substituted by a group R'1, R'2, R's and/or RVI~
called a precursor group of R1, R2, Rs and/or R6, by using methods known to those skilled in the art.
The description which follows relates to the preparation of the compounds of formula (I) carrying substituents Rl and/or R5; the same methods apply to the preparation of ~he compounds in which the substi~uents R2 and/or R6 have the meanings indicated for Rl and R5.
The compounds (I) in which R1 and/or R5 are a hydroxyl can be obtained by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound of formula (I') in which R'l and/or R's are a benzyloxy, for example in the presence o~ palladium-on-charcoal. These compoundY can also be prepared from analogous compound3 of formula (I'3 ln which R'l and/or R'5 are an amino group by using the method de~cribed in J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 2053.
The compound~ of formula (I) in which R1 and/or R5 are a Cl-C7-alkoxy can be prepared directly by the process according to the invention starting from the correctly sub~tituted compounds of formulae (II) and (III).
The compounds (I') in which R'1 and/or R'5 are a hydroxyl can al~o be used to prepare compounds (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are a Cl-C7-alkoxy by reactlon with a C1-C7-alkyl halide ln the presence of a base such as a metal hydride or an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal carbonate llke K2C03 or Cs2CO3, in a solvent such as THF
!or DMF. Likewise, the compounds of formula (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are an ~-aminoalkoxy are prepared by reacting an ~-chloroalkylamine with the compounds in whlch R'l and/or R'5 = OH; similarly, ~he compound~ in which R1 and/or R5 are an ~-hydroxyalkoxy are prepared by reaction with a chloroalkyl alcohol; in the particular case of the preparation of a compound (I) in which R1 and/or Rs - -O(CH2)~0H, it is also possible to react ~ 31 21~921 -j -ethylene carbonate with a compound (I') in which R' and/or R'5 = OH.
The compounds of formula (I) in whlch ~1 and/or R5 are a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy are obtained by reactlng an acid halide or an anhydride with a compound (I') in which R'l and/or R'5 are a hydroxyl.
The compound~ of formula (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are a formyloxy are obtained for example by reacting formic acid in the presence of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide with a compound (I') in which R'l and/or R'5 are a hydroxyl (J. HUANG et al, J. Chem. Res.(S), l991, 292-293).
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is a group -OR7, R7 bein~ an ~-carbamoyl-Cl-C7-alkyl which is free or substltuted ~y one or two Cl-C7-alkyls, can be prepared from a compound (I') in which R'5 is a group ORV, Rv being an ~-carboxy-Cl-C7-alkyl e~terified by a Cl-C7-alkyl. This preparation is carried out by reaction with a correctly chosen amine in a manner conventional to 20 those skilled in the art. ~`
To prepare compounds of formula (I) in whlch R
and/or R5 are a (Cl-C7)monoalkylamino, a compound o~
formula (I') in which R'l and/or R'5 are an amino group is reacted with an aldehyde or ketone in an acld medium, in the presQnGe of a reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride, the compounds (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are a dialkylamino are prepared by an identical reaction.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is an amino grqup substituted by a benzyl, which is itself optionally substituted, or by a C3 C8-alkene can be prepared by reacting a benzyl chloride or a C3-Cg-chloroalkene with a compound of formula (I') in which R's i~ an amlno or alkylamino group.
The compounds of formula (I) in which Rs is a ~3-pyrrolin-l-yl group are prepared by reacting ci~- l,4-dichlorobut-2-ene with the compounds of formula (I') in 212321~
which R' 5 iS an amino group, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, under an inert atmosphere. The compounds of formula ( I ) in which R5 iS a pyrrolidin-l-yl group are then prepared by hydrogenat~on. The reaction of cis-1,4-dichlorobut-2-ene with the compounds (I') in which R'5 is an amino group can also be carried out in air, in the presence of a base such as sodium carbonate, under which conditions it results ln the formation of a mixture of a compound of formula (I) in which R5 is a ~3-pyrrolin-l-yl and a compound of formula ~I) in which R5 is a pyrrol-1-yl group, which can be separated by chromatography.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is an isoindolin-2-yl group are prepared by reacting a,a'-dibromo-o-xylene with the compounds of formula (I') in which R'5 i8 an amino group, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, and in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, under reflux.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is a 1~
methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolin-3-yl group (NR8Rg , N-methylhydantoin) are prepared in two steps: Sarcosine is reac~ed with a compound of formula (I') in which R's is a phenoxycarboxamldo, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, to give a compound of formula (I'~ ln which R'5 is an N'-carboxymethyl-N'-methylureido; the previously obtained product then cyclizes on heating at lOO-C under vacuum. The compounds of formula (I) in which Rs is a 2,4-dioxoimidazolin-3-yl group (NRgRg hydantoin) are prepared in the same manner by reacting glycine with a compound of formula (I') as defined above.
If R'1 and/or R'5 are an amino, it is also possible to perform a nitrosation, for example in the presence of nitrous acid or sodium nitrite, in order to prepare a compound (I') in which R'l and/or R's are a diazonium salt; reactions known to those skilled in the art then afford the compounds (I) according to the 2 1 2 9 ~ 1 ~
invention in which Rl and/or R5 are a cyano, a halogeno or a Cl-C7-thioalkyl. ~inally, compounds (I) in which R
and/or R5 are a group of ~he formula RCONH-, ROCONH-, RNHCONH- or RSO2NH-, in which R is a C1-C7-alkyl, a `
phenyl or a benzyl, can be prepared by conventional reactions starting from compounds (I') in which R' and/or R 5 5 NH2.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 i~ a C
C7-alkoxycarbonyl can be prepared directly by the process according to the invention. Using methods known to those skilled in the art, they make it possible to obtain the compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is a carboxyl group.
The compounds of formula (I') in which R's is a benzyloxycarbonyl can also be used to obtain~ the IS compounds (I) in which R5 is a carboxyl by catalytic hydrogenation. Reaction with a thionyl halide gives the compounds of formula ~I') in which R's i8 a halo~enocarbonyl. Such compounds are used to prepare compounds of formula (I) in which R5 iQ a carbamoyl substituted by R'6 and R''6 by reaction with a compound HNR'6R''6. The compounds of formula (I') in which the substltuent R'5 is a phenoxycarbonyl can also be used to obtaln the compounds (I) in which R5 is a phenylcarbamoyl or a Cl-C7-alkylcarbamoyl by reaction with an anlllne or a Cl-C7-alkylamine. An aniline substituted on th~ phenyl or an alkylamlne substituted on the alkyl can be used to obtaln compound~ of formula (I) ln which Rs i8 a phenylcarbamoyl substituted on the phenyl or, respectively, an alkylcarbamoyl substituted on the alkyl by R6 -In the same way, the compounds of formula (I) inwhlch Rs is a group -CONHCR1o~'loCOR12 are prepared from compound of formula (I') in which R's is either a group -COCl or a phenoxycarbonyl group by reaction with 3s H2NCRloR~locoRl2-The compounds of formula (I) in which Rs is a .~
,.. ;. ~ , .. .,, .,,.. ,.: ... : i.. -. , , - . . .. .
, 34 - ` 21~92i~
group -COR'7 are prepared from corresponding compounds ( I ' ) in which R' 5 iS a phenoxycarbonyl by reaction with R'7H-A compound (I') in which R' 5 iS a nitro group makes it possible to obtain a compound (I) in which Rs isan amino group by catalytic hydrogenation, for example in the presence of platinum oxide, Raney~ nickel or palladium-on-charcoal, or by chemical reduc tion, for example in the presence of tin or iron in an acid medium;
other compounds in which the amino group is substituted can then be prepared using reactions well known to those skilled in the art. ~ -For example, if it is desired to obtaln a compound (I) according to the invention in which R5 is a group -NR8Rg, Rg being an optionally substituted benzoyl, benzoyl chloride in which the phenyl carries the appropriate substituent is reacted with a compound (I') in which R ' 5 is an amino group, in the pre~ence of an amine s~ch as triethylamine. For example, 4-chloro-sulfonylbenzoyl chloride can be reacted in order toprepare a compound (I') in which R's is a 4-chloro-sulfonylbenzamids group, after which a compound (I) in which the substituent R5 is a 4-sulfamoylbenzamido group or a 4-alkylsulfamoylbenzamldo ~roup is obtalned by reaction with ammonia or a Cl-C4-alkylamine re pectively.
In the ~ame way, the acid chloride RllR'llNCRlOR lOCOcl is reacted with a compound of formula (I') in which R's is a group -NHRg in order to prepare a compound of formula (I) in which R5 is an -NRg substituted by -COCRloR~loNRllR 11 If it is desired to prepare a compound (I) inwhich Rs i8 a group -NRgRg, Rg being a (Cl-C6)alkyl-carbonyl, the appropriate anhydride or the appropriate acid chloride is reacted with a compound (I') in which R's is an amino group, in the preQence of an amine such as triethylamlne. To prepare a compound (I) in which R5 21292~
:
is a group -NR8Rg, Rg being a formyl, formic acid is reacted with a compound ( I ' ) in which R' 5 iS an amino group, in the presence of acetic anhydride and of an amine su~h as triethylamine.
In another preparatory example, a compound (I) in which R5 is an alkylsulfonamido group is obtained by reacting an alkylsulfonyl halide with a compound (I') in which R ' 5 iS an amino group.
The compounds of formula (I') in which R'5 is an amino group are also useful for the preparation of compounds in which this amino group is substituted by a -group -(CH2)t-COR12. In this case, a compound of the formula Hal-(CH2)t-COOAlk, in which Hal is a halogen, for example bromine, and Alk is a C1-C7-alkyl, is reacted 15 with (I') in the presence of cuprous chloride; if -required, the resultin~ ester is converted to the acid or an amide. A compound (I) in which Rs ~ -NHCO-(CH2)t~C02H, where t' = 2 or 3, can be prepared by reacting an anhydriae, such as succinic anhydride or glutaric anhydride, with a compound (I') in which R'5 iR an amino.
If required, the re~ulting acid is converted to an ester or an amide.
A compound (I) in which Rs = -NHCOCO2Et or -NHCOC~2C02Et can be prepared by reacting ethyloxalyl chloride, or, respectively, ethylmalonylchloride, with a compound (I') in which R's is an amino.
In the same way, the compounds of formula (I) ln which Rs is an amino gro~p substituted by a group CRloR'1oC4R~2 are prepared by reacting a compound of the formula Hal-CRloR~locoRl2 with the corresponding compounds (I'~ in which the substituent R's is an a~lno.
A compound (I) in which Rs ls an amino group substituted by a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl or a phenoxycarbonyl is prepared by reacting a Cl-C7-alkyl or 35 phenyl chloroformate with a compound (I') in whlch the ~;
substituent R's is an amino.
:.
"`' ~,~, - - . . . .
Likewise, a compound of formula (I) in whlch R5 is a phenoxythiocarbonylamino is obtained ~y reacting a phenoxythiocarbonyl chloride with a compound of formula (I') in which R' 5 iS an amino group.
A compound of formula (I) in which R5 is a ureido or a thioureido is prepared by reacting ammonia with a compound of formula (I') in which R'5 is an amlno group substituted by a phenoxycarbonyl or a phenoxythiocarbonyl; such a compound of formula (I') ls reacted with a correctly subs~ituted aniline or a correctly substituted C1-C7-monoalkylamine or -dialkyl-amine in order to prepare a compound of formula (I) in which Rs is a correctly substituted N'-phenylureido or a correctly substituted N'-alkylureido or N',N'-di-alkylureido in which the alkyl is Cl-C7.
It is also possible to prepare a compound (~) in which Rs is a ureido (-NHCONR14R'14) or a thioureido (-NHCSNR14R'14) by reacting a compound NHR14R'14 with a compound (I') in which R'5 is a phenoxycarbonylamino or, respectively, phenoxythiocarbonylamino sroup.
A further possibility i~ to prepare a compound (I) in which Rs is a ureido (-NHCONR14R'14) or a thioureido by reacting a carbamoyl chloride (ClCONR14R'14) or, respectively, a thiocarbamoyl chloride with a compound of formula (I') in which R's is an amino group.
It is also possible to prepare a compound (I) in which Rs is a thioureido by reacting Lawesson 1 3 reagent with a compound (I') in which R'5 is the corresponding ureido.
The compounds (I) in whlch Rs is a ~uanidino group which is unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a phenyl or a benzyl can be prepared from the compounds (I') in which R's ~s a phenoxyamido ~roup by reaction with cyanamide or a derivative thereof correctly substituted on the nitrogen.
~ 37 21~21~
A compound (I) in which R5 is a carbamoyl which ls unsubstituted or su~stituted by one or 2 Cl-C7-alkyl groups is prepared by reacting an appropriate amine with a compound (I') in which the substituent R'5 is an amlno, in the presence of phosgene.
It is also possible to prepare a compound (I) in which R5 is an amino group sub~tituted by an alkylcarbamoyl or a phenylcarbamoyl by reacting an alkyl or phenyl isocyanate with a compound (I') in whlch the substituent R'5 is an amino.
Furthermore, a compound (I) in which R5 is a sulfamoyl group which is unsubstltuted or substituted by a Cl-C7-alkyl is prepared by reacting a~monia or a Cl-C7-alkylamine with a compound (I') in which R'5 i9 a lS halogenosulfonyl group.
The affinity of the compounds according to the invention for the vasopressin receptor~ wa~ determined in vltro using the method described in C.J. Lynch et al., J.
Biol. Chem., 1985, ~Q (5), 2844-2851. This method consists in studying the displacement of trltlated vasopressin bound to the Vl slte~ of rat liver membranes.
The concentrations of the co~pound~ according to the invention which cause a 50% inhibition of the blnding of tritlated vasopressin (ICso) are low, ranging down to 10-7 M.
The affinity of the compounds (I) according tothe inventlon for the Y2 receptors was measured on a bovlne kldney membrane preparatlon by a method adapted from P. Crau~e et al., Molecular and Ce}lular Endocrinology, 1982, ~, 529-541, and F~L. Stassen et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1982, ~2~, 50-54. The com pounds according to the invention inhibit the binding of tritiated arginine vasopressin to the receptors of the membrane preparation. The IC50 values of the compounds according to the invention are low, ranging down to 10-9 M.
' ' , , . ~ ;' ' . . ' ' , ' ' ', . ' " ' ~ ' ; "' ' ~'.~.; . ~ . , :'`: . ' ' ' : ,' ' : , ,-~ 38 2~2921~
The antagonistic activity of the compounds according to the invention towards the V2 receptors was demonstrated by the adenylate cyclase activity assay performed by a method adapted from M. Laburthe et al., Molecular Pharmacol., 1986, ~2, 23-27. A bovine kidney membrane preparation is used and each product is incubated for 10 minutes at 37-C, e~ther by itself or in the presence of AVP (arginine vasopreQsin) at a concentration of 3.10-8 M. The cyclic AMP (cyclic adenosine monophosphate) produced is measured by radioimmunoassay. The concentration which causes a 50%
inhibitlon (IC50) of the stimulation of adenylate cyclase induced by 3.10-8 M AVP is determined. The IC50 values determined are of the order of 10-7 M, ranging down to 10-8 M.
The agonistic or antagonistic activity of the compounds according to the invention, administered orally, towards the vasopressin receptors i~ evaluated in hyperhydrated rat3 (OFA, Sprague-Dawley strain) treated with vasopressin. The antagonistic activity of the compounds according to the invention was also evaluated in normally hydrated rats (OFA strain or Sprague-Dawley strain) by the technique described in Br. J. Pharmacol., 1992, 105, 787-791. The dluretic effect was observed for some of the compounds at a dose of 10 mg/kg.
Likewise, the affinity of the compounds (I) according to the invention for the ocytocin receptors was determined in vitro by the displacement of a radlolodinated ocytocln analog bound to the receptor~ of a gestatlng rat mammary gland membrane preparation by a technique simllar to that described by J. Eland et al. in Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1987, 1~, 197-207. The ICso values of the compounds according to the invention reach 10-~ M.
The compounds according to the lnvention are active after administration ~y different routes, especially orally.
~.'''"',"'.''",1..;'"'-."
2123~1~
No signs of toxicity are observed with these compounds at the pharmacologically active doses.
Thus the compounds according to the invention can be used in the treatment or preventlon of variou~
S vasopressin-dependent or ocytocin-dependent complaints, cardiovascular complaints such as hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, cardiac insufficlency, myocardial infarction or coronary vasospasm, in particular in smokers, unstable angina and PTCA (percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty), cardiac ischemia, hemostatic disorders, especially hemophilla, and von Willebrand's syndrome, complaints of the central nervous system, for example migraine, cerebral vasospasm, cerebral hemorrhage, cerebral edema~, depression, anxiety, psychotic states and memory dlsorders, complaints of the renal system, such as edemas, renal vasospasm, necrosis of the renal cortex, hyponatremia, hypokalemia and Schwartz Bartter's syndrome, complaints of the gastric system, such as gastric vasospasm, hepatocirrhosls, ulcers, the pathology of vomi~ing, for example nausea, including nausea due to chemotherapy, travel sickness or else the syndrome of inapproprlate secretion of antidiuretic hormone (SIADH), dlabetes insipidus and enuresis. The compounds according to the lnvention can also be used in the treatment of disorders of sexual behavior; in women, the compounds accordlng to the inventlon can be used for treating dysmenorrhea or premature labor. The compounds according to the lnvention can also ,be used in the treatment of small cell! lung cancer, hyponatremic encephalopathy, Raynaud's disease, pulmonary syndrome and glaucoma and in postoperative treatments, especially after abdominal surgery.
The present invention further r~lates to pharmaceutical compositions containing an effective dose of a compound according to the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and sultable _~ 40 " 212921~
excipients.
Said excipients are chosen according to the pharmaceutical form and the desired mode o~
administration.
In the pha~maceutical compositions of the pre~ent invention for oral, sublingual, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, topical, intratracheal, intranasal, transdermal or rectal administration, the active principles of formula (I) above, or their salts 10 where appropriate, can be administered to animal and ~`
humans in unit forms of administration, mixed with ~
conventional pharmaceutical carriers, for the prophylaxis ~ -or treatment of the above disorders or diseases. The appropriate u~it forms of administration include forms for oral administration, such as tablets, gelatin capsules, powders, granules and solution~ or suspen~ions to be taken orally, forms for sublingual, buccal, intratracheal or intranasal administration, forms for subcutan~ous, intramuscular or intravenous administration and forms for rectal administration. For topical application, the compounds according to the invention can be used in creams, olntments or lotions.
To obtain the desired prophylactic or therapeutlc effect, the dose of active princlple can vary between O.Ol and 50 mg per kg of body weight and per day.
Each unit dose can contain from 0.5 to lO00 mg, preferably from l to 500 mg, of active ingredients in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier. This unlt dose can be administered l to 5 times a day 80 as to 30 administer a daily dosage of 0.5 to 5000 mg, preferably 1 -to 2500 mg.
If a solid composition is prepared in the form of tablets, the main active ingredient is mixed with a -pharmaceutical vehicle such as gelatin, starch, lactose, magnesium stearate, talc, gum arabic or the like. The tablets can be coated with sucrose, a cellulose , ~, . :,.
"; , ~ , . " "
21292~ ) ~
derivative or other appropriate substances, or else they can be treated so as to have a sustained or delayed activity and so as to release a predetermined amount of active prlnciple contlnuously.
S A preparation in the form of gelatin capsules is obtained by mixing the active ingredient with a diluent and pouring the resulting mixture into soft or hard gelatin capsules.
A preparation in the form of a syrup or elixir or for administration in the form of drops can contain the active ingredient together with a sweetener, which is preferably calorie-free, methylparaben and propylparaben as antiseptlcsr a flavoring and an appropriate color.
The water-dispersible powders or granules can contain the active ingredient mixed with dispersants or wetting agents, or suspension agents such as polyvlnylpyrrolidone, as well as with sweeteners or taste correctors.
~ectal administration i-~ effected using suppositori2s, which are prepared with binders melting at the rectal temperature, for example cocoa butter or polyethylene glycols.
Parenteral administration is effected using aqueous suspensions, isotonic saline solutions or sterile and inJectable solutions which contain pharmacologically compatlble dispersant~ andtor wetting agents, for example propylene glycol or butyl~ne glycol.
The act$ve principle can also be formulated as , microcapsules, if appropriate with one or more carriers or add$tives.
In addition to the products of formula (I) above or one of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, the compositlons of the present invention can contaln other active principIes which may be useful in the treatment of the disorders or diseases indicated above.
Thus the present invention further relates to ~_ 42 21292~ ~
pharmaceutical compositions in which several actlve principles are presen~ in association, one of them being a compound according to the inventlon.
Thus, according to the present invention, it is possible to prepare pharmaceutical composltions in which a compound according to the invention is present in associatlon with a compound which acts on the renin-angiotensin syste~, such as a converting enzyme inhibitor, an angiotensin II antagonist or a renin inhibitor. A compound according to the invention can also be associated for example with a perlpheral vasodilator, a calcium inhibitor, a beta-blocker, an alpha-l- blocker or a diuretic. Such composltions will ~e useful in particular in the treatment of hypertension or heart failure.
It is also possible to associa~e two compounds according to the invention, namely a specific V1 receptor antagonist with a specific V2 receptor antagonist, or else a speclfic Vl receptor antagonlst with a speciflc ocytocin antagonist.
These associations will make it possible to reinforce the therapeutic activities of the compounds according to the invention.
Preparation of the 1~3-dihydroindol-2-Qn8 ,P~eDa~;atlC;tn~
1,3-Dihydro-4,6-dimethyl-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one This compound is pr~pared according to Moore and Plant in J. Chem. Soc., 1951, 3475.
A mixture containing 15 ml of quinoline and 10 g of calcium oxide is refluxed under an inert atmosphere and 5 g of the 3,5-dimethylphenylhydrazide of cyclohexanecarboxylic acid tIV, R'1, R'2 5 CH3, C~'3R'4 =
cyclohexane) are added over 30 minutes. The reaction ...... ... . .... . . .. .... ~ ~ . . , .. . . .. . .. , .. ... ~ .. . . .. ..... .... . . .... .... . . . .
.
21 2921a medium is cooled and then poured into an ice/hydrochloric acid mixture. Extraction is carried out with ethyl acetate and the extract is washed with normal hydrochloric acid and with water until the wai~hing3 are neutral, and then dried and concentrated under vacuum to give a brown solid. Trituration in iso ether ~ives the expected compound. M.p. = 223-C.
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives described in Table 1 below are obtained by followlng the same procedure and varying the starting hydrazide.
These compounds are purified by chromatography on a silica column using DCM a~ the eluent or by chromatography on an alumina column us1ng DCM or iso ether a~ the eluent.
R' R'2 H
R'1 R'2 CR'3R'4 M.p. C
Cl-S H cyclobutane 191 Cl-S H cyclopentane 189 Cl-S cyclohexane 186 H H cyclohexane123-124 CH3-5 H cyclohexane 164 CH30-5 H cyclohexane 226 Cl-6 H cyclohexane 168 CF30-5 H cyclohexane 164 C~H~0-5 H cyclohexane 160 :
212921~
PreRaration 2:
The 1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one described in Table 1 above can also be obtalned by alkylation of the indol-2-one using the process accordin~
to A.S. Kende and J.C. Hodges or a variant described below.
A solution o~ 30 g of 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one in 900 ml of THF is kept at -40-C under a nltrogen atmosphere and 101 g of potassium tert-butylate are added. The temperature is allowed to rise to O-C over 1 hour, the m~xture is then cooled to -60-C and a solution of 52 g of 1,5-dibromopentane in 50 ml of THF is added dropwise. After 30 minutes at -60-C, the temperature is allowed to rise to ~T, 30 ml of water are then added and the solvent is evaporated off under reduced pressure.
~he resldue is taken up with 500 ml of DCM and 200 ml of water, the insoluble material i~ then filtered off and the organic phase is separated off, washed wlth 100 ml of wa~er, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. The residue ls chromatographed on silica uslng a cyclohexane/ether mixture as the eluent to glve the expected compound, which is recrystallized from heptane.
m - 34 ~. M.p. 5 123-124-C.
A ~imilar procedure can be applied startin~ from other 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones and other alkylating agents.
By way of example, among the starting compounds of formula (VII), 5-chloro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one is described by ~right in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1956, 7~, 221, and by Ra~anBabu in J. Org. Chem., 1986, 51, 1704. 4-Chloro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one can be prepared from 2-chloro-6-nitrotoluene by the method described in J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 1956, 78, 221.
1,3-Dihydro-5-methoxyindol-2-one is prepared from 4-methoxyaniline by the method described in J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 1974, 96, 5512. In the same way, various 1,3-~12921~
dihydroindol-2-ones are prepared from the appropriate aniline derivative.
Preparation 3:
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one S A - 3-Methylthio-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one 23.6 g of ethyl methylthioacetate in 60 ml of DCM
are added to a ~olutlon, cooled to about -70-C, of 12.5 g of chlorine in 400 ml of DCM. After stlrring for 5 minutes at the same temperature, a solution of 4-ethoxyaniline (48.3 g) in 120 ml of DCM is added. The mixture is stirred for one hour at about -70-C, 39.3 ml of triethylamine are added and the resulting mixture is allowed to warm up to room temperature. 200 ml of water IS are added and the organic phase i~ decanted, dried over magnesium ~ulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The residue i8 taken up with 500 ml of isopropanol and 20 ml of concentrated hydrochlorlc ac~d. The mixture ls stlrred for about 16 hours at room temper~ture and filtered and the precipitate is separated off. The filtrate i8 concentrated under reduced pressure to give the expected product.
B - 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one The above solid, in 1500 ml of isopropanol, i8 de~hiomethylated in the presence of 100 g oP Raney~
nlckel (80 to 100 m2 per g), under reflux, for 3 hours, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mlxture is filtered on talc, the materlal on the fllter ls rlnsed wlth 1000 ml of isopropanol and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. 16 g of the expected product are isolated after recrystallization from toluene. M.p. =
156-C.
The following are isolated in the same manner starting from the corresponding anilines:
5-benzyloxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 152-C
2~ 29~1~
5-n-propyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. - 136C
5-ethyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. ~ 152-C - -5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 145-C
5-trifluoromethyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 193-C
5-fluoro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 143-C
The compound~ of formula (II) described below are obtained by following tha technique described ln Preparation 2 and varying the starting 1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivative and the alkylating reagent.
, .
TABLE 2 ~ ~
R'l R'2 = M.p Calkylating reagent ~ ~
S-CI Hcyclohexane 186-189 Br(CH2)s Bs ~ :
S-CI Hcycloheptane 202 Br(CH2)6 Br S-CI H4,4-dimethyl 180TSo(cH2)2c(cH3)2-cyclohexane -(CH2)2OTs : :
S-CI Hhexahydroindane-2 223cis--1,2-diiodomethyl-cyclohexane S-OCH3 H4,4-dimethyl 202TsO ~cH2)2c(cH3)2 . . cyclohexane __ -(CH ~)~-OTs ~ 47 212921'~
TABLE 2 ( continuation ) __ . . _ __ _ , , _ _ R'1 R'~C~ 3R 4 M.p. Calkylating reagent . .
S-CI Hindane-2 228a,a' dibromomethyl orthoxylène S-CI HC~CH3)2 160 CH31 S-CI HC(CH2CH3)2 156 CH3CH2 S-CI HC(n Pr)2 158 nPrl S-CI HC(iBu)2 164 iBul S-CI HN-methyl 260Cl(cH2)2N(cH3 piperidine-4 -(CH2)2CI
S-CI Htetrahydropyran-4 2231(CH2)20(CH2)2 4-CI Hcyelohexane 215 Br~CH2)sBr S-OBz Heyelohexane 162 Br(~H2)5Br H HC(CH2C6HS)2 206 C6HsCH2Br S-CI HC~n-pentyl~2 142 CH3(cH2)4Br ¦ ~ .
BrCH2 CH2Br S-CI H2,3-dihydro _ l~q phenalene-2 W
S-OBz H4,4-dimethyl 154TSo(cH2 )2C(CH3)2-cyclohexane -(CH2)2oTs S-CI H4-spiroeyclopentane 202 ~ (CH2)2oT~
V\ (CH2)2T~ :-S-nPr Heyelohexane 151 Br(CH2)~Br :
S-OEt H N-tBu _ / (C~2)2Br ~ ~ ~ .: :
. .
,~ 4~
21292~
TABLE 2 ( continuation ) . . . _ __ , . ~ , ':, R'l R'2 _ _ M.p. Calkylating reagent S-CI H N-Bz 165/ (CH2)2Br piperidine-4 Bz ~\
. (CH2)2Br . ~ ::
S-CI HN-phenyl 188/ (CH2) piperidine-4 C6H 5 ~
(CH2)2Cl :' S-CI H ~ C~I 300~XCH20S02CH3 ~ :
CH20s02cH3 S-OEt H4,4-diethyl 132TSo(cH2)~c(c2Hs)2 cyclohexane -(cH2)2ars S-OEt Hcyclohexane 163Br(CH2)sBr 5-OEt H4,4-dimethyl 178TSo(cH2)2~(cH3)2- ; ~-cyclohexane -(CH2)20Ts ~ :
5-OEt Hcycloheptane 139Br(CH2)6Br S-Et H4,4-dimethyl 160TSo~cH2)2c(cH3)2- : .
cyclohexane -(CH2)2OTs 5_ H4,4-dimethyl 164idem OCH2CF3 cyclohexane . ~ .
H H4,4-dimethyl 169idem . ~ ~:
: ~ l cyclohexane S-CF3 H4,4-dimethyl 211idem ~ ~:
cyclohexane S-F H4,4-dimethyl 171idem .: :
_ cyc!ohexane .__ ._ _ :::
::
.
212 9 21 ~
TABLE 2 (continuation) __ ___ _ R~1R~2 CR 3R 4 M.p. C alkylating reagent ~-CI H(CH2)2o ~ 120 Br(CH2) (CH2)2o ~
o 5-OEt H /\~ 208 Ts O ~
~ r/- ~
/C~ Ts o 5-013t ~ H C
S-OEt Htetrahydro- 146 1(CH2)20(CH2)2 pyrane-4 ~
' ' ~:
5-OEt H " C~I 255 ~XcH2oso2cH3 Preparation 4:
! 5 1 1,3-Dihydro-3-spiroadamantaneindol-2-one This compound is prepared according to I. Fleming et al., Tetrahedron Letters, 1982, 2053-2056, startlng from 2-bromoaniline and adamantan-2-one.
Preuaration 5~
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3,3-diphenylindol-2-one This compound is prepared by the method described ~ - so :
21292~5 - -in Helv. Chim. Acta, 1946, 29, 415-431, by the reaction of benzene with 5-chloroisatin in the presence of aluminum chloride. M.p~ = 281-C.
Pre~aratiQ~ 6:
1,3-Dihydro-5-nitro-3-splrocyclohexaneindol-2-one ~his compound is prepared by the method de~cribed in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1945, 67, 499, by the nitrat1On of 1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one. M.p. = 192-C.
1,3-Dihydro-5-nitro-3-spiroadamantaneindol-2- one is prepared in the same manner starting from 1,3-dihydro-3-spiroadamantaneindol-2-one. M.p~ > 260-C.
1,3-Dihydro-5-nitro-3-spiro(4,4-dimethylcyclo-hexane)indol-2-one is also prepared. M.p. = 195-C.
Pre~aration 7:
5-Amino-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one This compound is prepared by the method described in J. Chem. Soc., 1951, 3475, by the reduction of 1,3-dihydro-5-nitro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one, prepared above.
M.p. - 176-C.
5-Amino-1,3-dihydro-3-spiroadamantaneindol~2- one is prepared in the same manner~ M.P.C ~ 245-C.
PreparatlOn ~:
5-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-3-~pirocyclohexaneindol~
one A - 5-Diazonium-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexane-lindol-2-one tetrafluoroborate A solution containlng 4 g of 5-amino-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 9.2 ml of 6 N
hydrochloric acid i5 cooled to O-C and 2.27 y of æodium nitrite in 2.6 ml of water are added, followed by 2.54 g of sodium tetrafluoroborate in 9 ml of water. After stirring for 5 minutes, the precipitate is filtered off and washed with a 5% solution of tetrafluoroborate, with '''~. ' ' . ,: ,' , 212921~
3 ml of methanol cooled to about O-C and then with 5 ml of ether. The salt obtained is dried under vacuum at RT
in the presence of phosphorus pentoxide.
s - 5-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one 1 g of the compound obtained 1n step A is placed in 5 ml of xylene and heated at about 115-C $or 2 hours.
The mixture is cooled to RT, the preaipitate is filtered off and rinsed with toluene and 0.1 g of act~ve charcoal is added to the filtrate. After filtration, the solvent is evaporated off under reduced pres~ure to give 0.45 g of the expected compound, which is recrystallized from pentane. M.p. = 114-C.
PreDa~a~lQn 9: :
5-Cyano-1,3-dihydro-3-~pirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 4.78 g of potas~ium cyanide and 4.95 g of auprous cyanide are dissolved at RT in 40 ml of ~MS0. The solution 18 cooled to about 15-C and 4.15 g of the diazonium sait obtained ln step A of the previous preparation are added.
After stirring for 30 minutes at RT, 100 ml of water and 100 ml of ether are added and the organic phase ls then separated off, dried over magnesium sulfate and 25 evaporated under reduced pressure. The resldue is 3 `~
chromatographed on silica using a cyclohexane/ether mlxtura as the eluent to give the expected compound, which i8 rscrystallized from heptane.
,~ m ~ 1.4 g. M.p. - 216-C.
PreDaration 10:
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiroadamantanelndol-2-one 1 g of the p-chlorophenylhydrazide of adamantane- ~ -2-carboxylic acid is dissolved in THF and 2.5 ml of a solution of n-butyllithium (1.6 M in hexane) are added at .
21~921~ `
-40-C. After stirring for 5 minutes, the mixture is concentrated under vacuum, the temperature being kept below 30-C. 30 ml of 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene are added and the mixture is refluxed for 1 hour. It is concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue is taken up with normal hydrochloric acid, extraction is carried out with ether and the extract is washed, drled and concentrated under vacuum. The oil obtained is chromatographed on a silica column using DCM as the eluent to give 0.3 g of the expected product in the form of a wax, which i~ crystallized from iso ether. M.p. =
249-C. ~;
Pre~aration 11:
5-Chloro-3-cyclohexyl-1,3-dihydro-3-methyl-indol-2-one The method described in Synth. Commun., 1982, 12 (1), 1-10, is used to prepare 5-chloro-3-cyclohexyl- 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one as an intermediate, and the expected compound is then obtained by reaction with methyl iodide.
2n P~a~a~ion 12:
5-Acetyl-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 2.56 g of acetyl chloride and then 8.25 g of anhydrous aluminum chloride are added to a solution, cooled to 5-C, oP 4 g of 1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one in 35 ml of 1,2-dichloroethane. The mixture is refluxed for 2 hours, the solvent is evaporated off under reduced pressure and the medium is ! hydrolyzed with 50 g of ice and extracted with ethyl acetate.
The organic phase is washed with water, drled over magnesium sulfate and then evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed on a ~ilica column using a mixture of heptane and ethyl ether as the eluent to give 3.6 g of the expected product. M.p. =
19~C.
i, .,i - . . .: ~, - .
212~21~ ~
Preparation 13:
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(tetrahydrothio-pyran-4-yl)indol-2-one A - 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3,3-di(2-bromoethyl)-5 indol-2-one 7.66 g of bromine are added slowly to a mixture, cooled to about O-C, of 12.4 g of triphenyl-phosphine in 70 ml of DCM, and 4.58 g of 5~chloro-1,3- dihydro-3,3-dit2-(tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy)ethyl]indol- 2-one, 10 described in Table 2, are then added. After 16 hours at RT, 60 ml of water are added and the organic phase i5 separated off, washed with 60 ml of water and then dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. The s residue is chromatographed on a silica column uslng DCM
15 as the eluent to give 3.12 g of the expected product.
M.p. - 215-C.
B - 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(tetrahydro~
thiopyran-4-yl)indol-2-one Under an inert atmosphere, 3 g of the product 20 prepared in step A are added to 3.2 ml of DMF and 2 g of sodium sulfide monohydrate and the mixture is heated or 2 hours at 50-C. It is cooled to RT, 6 ml of water are ~
added and the mi~ture is extracted with DCM. The organic -~ -phase is washed with water, dried over magnesium ~ulfate 25 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The oily resldue obtained is purified by chromatography on silica using DCM as the eluent to give 2.02 g of the expected compound.
NMR spect~um at 200 MHz in CDC1 30 8.12 ppm : s : lH
7.2 ppm : m : 2H
which CR'3R'~ is a cyclopentane or a cyclohexane.
This reaction is carried out by cyclizing a -phenylhydrazide derivative of the formula R'3 JL N H ~ H 1 1 ~H \ R~ (~) ln which R'l, R'2, R'3 and R'4 are as defined above for (II), for example by heating in quinoline in the presence of calclum oxide.
According to the same authors, the phenylhydrazide derivative (IV) is obtained by reactlng a hydrazine derivative of the formula R 1~/~
~NH-NH2 R 2 (V) ,~
;
: , in which R'l and R'2 are as defined above for (II), with :
an acid halide of the formula R
C--CH
2s in which R'3 and R'4 are as defined above for (II).
~ ~ -2~2921~ :
In one particular embodiment, lf R'3 and R'g, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a polycondensed hydrocarbon ring, for example a norbornane or a norbornene, the reaction is carried out by the method described by ~. Wolff et al., Tetrahedron, 1986, 42 (15), 4267-4272: First of all, a lithium salt of the compound (IV) is prepared by reaction with a lithium reagent such as n-butyllithium, in an inert solvent such as THF, at low temperature, and then the cyclizatlon is effected by heating in a solvent such as naphthalene or prehnitene (1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene).
The compounds (II) in which R'l = R'2 = H and CR'3R'4 is adamantane are described in I. Fleming et al., J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. I, 1991, ~, 617-626. The compounds (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, form an adamantane and R'l and R'2 are other than hydrogen can be prepared by the method described above.
The hydrazine derivatives (V) are known or are prepared by known methods. The same applies to the acid halides (VI).
A 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstituted ln the 3-position (II) can also be prepared from a 1,3- ~ -dihydroindol-2-one of the formula ~
R'2--~ /~ (Vll) :.. :
H
in which R'l and R'2 are as deflned above for (II), by using various processes.
For example, the method described by A.S. Kende and J.C. Hodges in Synth. Commun., 1982, 12 (1), l-lO, involves the addition of an alkylating agent in an ~ ;
appropriate solvent. Thus, to prepare a compound (II) in .:. . ~,:~
~ 20 2129~1~
:
which R'3 = R'4, the reaction is carried out in THF at -75-C, in the presence of TMEDA, by the addition of an alkyllith~um such as butyllithium, followed by reaction with a halide of the formula R'3Hal: if R'3 and R'4 are different, the alkylation reaction can be performed in 2 steps with 2 different alkyl halides of the formulae R'3Hal and R'4Hal. To prepare a compound ( I I ) in which R'3 and R'4 together form a group of the formula -(CH2)n-, where n varles from 3 lto 12, the reagent used is a compound of the formula Z(CH2)nZ, in which Z i8 an electrophilic group such as a halogen, preferably bromine or iodine, a tosyloxy group or a mesyloxy group. In one variant of this process, the reaction can also be carried out by the addition of an alkali metal alcoholate, such as potassium tert- butylate, onto a compound of for~ula (VII), in THF at -40-C, followed by the addltion of a compound of the formula Z-(CH2)nZ a~ defined above.
The compounds (II) ln which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, fo~m a C4-Cg hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or more Cl- C7-alkyl groups or by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl are prepared ln the same way.
The compounds of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'4 are each independently an alkyl or a phenyl are known. For example, patent D8 3 300 522 describes 5-alkoxy-3,3-dimethylindol-2-ones.
If R'3 and R'4 together form a group -(CH2)pX-(CH2)q~~ in which p, q and X are as defined a~ove for I), a 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstitut~d in the 3-position of formula (II) can be prepared from a 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one unsubstituted in the 3-position (VII) by reaction with a compound of the formula Z-(cH2)p-x-(cH2)q-z (VIII) in which Z is as defined above and X, p and q are as ... .. , , .. , . . . . ....... ., . ,, ~, . , . .. . ~ . . .
i: ~ . ~ ,. - - . :.
;:,,: , . .
21 212921~
defined above for (I). The reaction ls carried out ln the presence of an alcoholate, for example potassium tert-butylate, in an anhydrous solvent such as, for example, THF.
If X is a nitrogen atom substituted by a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl, a formyl, a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl or a Cl-C7-alkylcarbamoyl, the substitution on X can be effected either on the 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivative ~-(II) or on the final compound (I) starting from a compound in which the nitrogen atom (X - NH) is unsubstituted.
Thus, if X is a nitrogen atom substituted by a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl, the first itep is to prepare a compound (II) or (I) in which X is NH, whlch is then reacted with the appropriate chloroformate to give ~he deslred compound (II) or (I). In the same way, a Cl- C7-alkyl isocyanate is reacted with a compound (II) or (I) in which X = NH to give a derivative (II) or a compound (I) in whlch X is a nitrogen atom substituted by an alkylcarbamoyl. An acid chloride or an anhydrlde is reacted with a compound (II) or a compound (I) in which X
- NH in order to prepare a compound of formula (II) or (I) in which X is a nitrogen atom substitutad by a (C
C6)alkylcarbonyl.
Formic acid in the presence of acetic anhydride is reacted with a compound (II) or (I) in which X ~ NH ln order to prepare a compound of formula (II) or (I) in which X is a nltrogen atom substituted by a formyl.
If X is a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom substituted by R13, it is also possible firstly to prepare a compound of the formula . , ~.
, 22 21292~
.
R'l` (CH2)Pz ~ o R'2 H (l~
in which R'l, R'2, Z, p and q are as defined abovP, and to perform a nucleophilic substitution with a hydrogen ~-S sulflde salt or an amine of the formula H2N~13, in a solvent such as an alcohol, an ether, DMF or a mixture thereof, at a temperature between 5-C and the reflu~
temperature.
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones of formula (II') are obtained from the corresponding diols, either as such or protected, for example by a tetrahydropyran-2- yl yroup.
The reaction can be carried out with dlbromotriphenylphosphorane according to J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1989, 1619.
The compounds (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolldine, N-alkylpyrrolidine, piperidine or N-alkylpiperidine ring are described by M.J. Xornet in ~.
Med. Chem., 1976, 12 (7), 892-899.
In particular, horsfiline of the formula N / Me McO ~
H
is an alkaloid described in A. Jossang et al., J. Org.
Chem., 1991, 56 (23), 6527-S530.
To prepare a compound of formula (II) 1n which R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon to which they are ., 2129~1') bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.l.02,6]decane or a tricyclo[5.2.l.02,6]dec-8-ene, a compound (VII') or, respectively, a compound (VII'') of the formulae Z{~H2~ Z{~H2 ~1 Z{~H2--\V Z~H2 ~
(V~ (V 1) , ,, in which Z is as defined above, is reacted with a compound of formula (VII). Compound~ (VII') and (VII'') substituted by one or more Cl-C7-alkyl groups are u~ed to -10 prepare compounds (II) in which said carbocycles are ~ -substituted. :
A compound of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'~
together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a .
tricyclo[5.2.l.02,6]decane can al~o be prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with thei carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.l.02~6]dec- 8 ene, for .-~
example in the presence of palladium-on- charcoal or .:
Raney~ nickel. - .. :.
A compound of formula (I) in which R3 and R~
together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a .-tricyclo[5.2.l.02~6]decane aan also be prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound of formula (I) in :
which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they ~ -are bonded, for~ a tricyclo[5.2.l.02~6]dec- 8-ene, for : example in the preience of palladium-on- charcoal or .--Raney~ nickel. ~ ~:
To prepare a compound (II) in which R'3 and R'4, .
together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form 30 an .~ndane or a hexahydroindane, a compound (VIII') or, ..
respectively, a compound (VIII'') of the formulae ~-.
` 2129~1~
Z{~H2--~I z~H2 ~--\1 Z-CH2 ~ Z~CH
~VII~' ~VII~
in which Z is defined as indicated above for (VIII), ~s reacted with a compound (VII). Compounds (VIII') and (VIII'') substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups are used to prepare compounds (II) in which the indane or hexahydroindane is substituted.
The method of A.S. Kende and J.C. Hodges described above or it~i variant described above can be used to prepare compounds of formula (II) ln whlch the substituents R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon ~o whlch they are bonded, form an optlonally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups or by a group selected from an oxo ~roup protected under acetal form, a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl, or one or two hydroxyls substituted by a Cl-C4-alkyl, a (C1-C5)alkoxyalkyl in whlch the alkyl is Cl-C4, a triphenylmethoxyalkyl in which the alkyl is Cl-C4, a phenylalkoxyalkyl in which the alkoxy is Cl-C2 and the alkyl ls Cl-C4, a tetrahydrofuranyl or a tetrahydropyranyl. To obtain the compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two hydroxyls, the ; Icorresponding compounds of formula (I) in which the hydroxyl group or groups are ~ubstituted by a ~Cl Cs)alkoxyalkyl in which the alkyl is C1-C4, a tetrahydrofuranyl or a tetrahydropyranyl are deprotected.
This deprotect~on is effected ln an acid medium, for example in the presence of a mineral or oryanic acid, in an alcohol or ether solvent ~uch as THF, at a temperature between 15-C and the reflux temperature; the deprotection . - ~ - - . . ~ . . . .
1292~ ~ :
can be carried out for example in the presence of hydrochloric acid or pyridinium toluenesulfona~e in an alcohol.
To obtain the compounds of formula ( I ~ ln which 5 R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring Qubstituted by one or two ~-hydroxy(Cl-C4)alkoxy groups, the corresponding com pounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsa~urated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two (Cl-Cs)alkoxy(Cl-C4)alkoxy groups are deprotected. Thls deprotection i~ effected in an acid medium, for example tri$1uoroacetic acid, in a solvent such as DCM.
Compounds of formula (I) in whlch R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optlonally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two (Cl-C4)-alkoxy ~roups or one or two (C1-C5)alkoxy(Cl-C4)alkoxy groups can also be prepared by alkylatin~ compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two hydroxyls. This alkylation is carried out more particularly w$th powerful alkylating reagents such as alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonates, in solvent such as DCM
or carbon tetrachloride, in the presence of a ba~e such as 2,6-di tert-butylpyridine, by the method described in 30 Carbohydrate Research, 1975, 44, C5-C7. The alkyl trifluoromethanesulfonates can be obtained from the alkyl iodides by reaction with a trifluoromethanesulfonic acid salt such as the silver salt (Chemical Reviews, 1977, 77).
Compounds of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form 2 1 2 9 2 1 rj an optionally fused, saturated or uns~turated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring subst~tuted by one or two formyloxy groups or one or two (C1-C7)alkylcarbonyloxy group.~ can be prepared by reacting dimethyl sulfate in the presence of cesium carbonate or, respectively, by reacting an acid halide or an anhydride with a compound of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by one or two hydroxyls.
A compound of formula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.1. o2 ~ 6]decane-8,9-diol can also be obtained from a compound of formula ( I ) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]dec-8-ene, which is reacted with metachloroperbenzoic acid at room temperature, in a solvent such as DCM, to give an intermediate compound of fo~mula (I) in which R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a tricyclo-t5.2.1.O2~6~decan-8,9-epoxy; the intermediate epoxide derivative i8 then hydrolyzed by refluxing in water in the presence of sulfuric acid or in a basic medium.
The compounds of formula (II) in which R'3 and R'4, together with the carhon to which they are bonded, form either an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by an oxo group, or a group ~(CH2)p~X~(CH2)q~ in which X is a group SO, S2 or N(O)R13, are prepared by known oxidation reactions starting from the corresponding compounds of formula (II) in whlch R'3 and R'4, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, respectively form eithsr an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring substituted by a hydroxyl, or a group -(CH2)p~X~(CH2)q~ in which X is a sulfur atom or a group NR13.
~ 27 21292~ ~
For example, th~ oxidation of secondary alcoholsto k~tones can be carried out in the presence of chromium oxide complexes such as pyridinium chlorochromate, in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride, or with oxidizing agents such as DMSO, by the methods de~cribed ln Tetrahedron, 1978, ~4, 1651.
The oxldat~on of the compounds (II) contalning a sulfur or nitrogen atom (X = S, NR13) can be effected in the presence of hydrogen peroxide or peracids such as peracetic or metachloroperbenzoic acid, in inert solvents such as ketones or acetic acid, at temperatures between 0-C and 50-C.
If R'3 and R'4 are each a phenyl, the process described in Helv. Chim. Acta, 1946, 29, 415-432, can be used t~ prepare a compound (II).
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives (VII) are known or are prepared by known methods. An example which may be cited is J.V, Ra~anBabu in J. Org. Chem., 1986, ~ -~1, 1704-1712.
20The compounds of formula (II3 which carry certain substituents R'1 and R'2 on their benzene moiety are u~ed ;
as precursors for the preparation of compounds of formula (II) which carry other substituents R'1 and R'2. For example, the compounds (II) in which R'l and/or R'2 - H
can be nitrated with the conventional reagents; they can also be acylated by reaction with an acid chloride of the formula RCOCl, ln which R i9 a Cl-C7-alkyl, in the presence of a Lewis acid such as aluminum chloride, in order to prepare a compound (II) in which R'l and/or R'2 z-COR. The compound (II) in which R'l is an am~no group i~ prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound (II) in which R'l is a nitro group and R'2 is hydrogen.
The benzenesulfonyl halides (III) are prepared by known methods. Thus, for example, 4-dlmethylamino `~
benzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared accordin~ to C~N.
Sukenik et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1977, 9~, 851-858.
- ;, 28 212921~
More generally, the benzenesulfonyl halides (III) in which the substituent R ' 5 iS a dimethylamino group are known or are prepared by known methods; p-benzyloxy-benzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared according to European patent application EP 229 566.
The alkoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared from the sodlum alkoxybenzenesul~onate, which is itself prepared by reacting an alkyl halide with sodium hydroxybenzenesulfonate.
2,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride is prepared according to J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1952, 74, 2008.
The halogenoalkoxybenzenssulfonyl chlorides can be prepared accordlng to patent US 2 540 057.
The benzenesulfonyl halides of the formula OAIk ~JI
(111)' YRV
in which - Alk is a Cl-C7-alkyl;
- Y is O or S: and ~ RV is a Cl-C7-alkyl, a C3-C7-cycloalkyl, a C2-C7-alkenyl, an ~-halogeno-C1-C7-alkyl, a polyhalogeno- Cl-C7-alkyl, a benzyl, a ~Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl, a formyl or an ~-carboxy-Cl-C7-alkyl esterlfied by a Cl-C4-alkyl or a benzyl, are prepared according to D. Hofmann et al. in Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1982, 287-297.
Benzene compounds carrying the substituents YRV
and OAlk in the 1- and 3-positions are reacted with i-- 2 1 2 9 2 1 ~3 trimethylsilyl chlorosulfonate in a solvent such as DCM, at RT. The method of R. Passerini et al. in Gazz. Chim.
Ital., 1960, 9Q, 1277-89, is then applied and this is followed by neutralization, for example with alkali metal carbonate, and then by reaction with a halide such as POC13 to give the desired benzenesulfonyl halide.
The benzenesulfonyl halides (III) in which the substituent R'5 is an alkoxycarbonyl, a phenoxycarbonyl, a benzyloxycarbonyl, an alkylthlo, a phenylthio, a benzylthio or a group -SR7, R7 being as defined Por (I), are prepared according to Col. Czechoslov. Chem. Commun., 1984, 49, 1184, from an aniline derivative substituted by the same grouping R'5, said aniline derivative ltself being obtained from the corresponding nitro derivatlve.
The nitrobenzoic acid derivatives are known; the corresponding alkyl and phenyl esters are obtained by sub~ecting this acid to an appropriate esterification reaction.
The benzenedisulfonyl dihalides (III, Rs '= -S02Hal) are known or are prepared by known methods. Forexample, 2,4-dimethoxybenzene-1,5-disulfonyl dichlorlde ls described in R.J.W. Cremlyn, J. Chem. Soc. C, 1969, 1344.
The halogenoalkoxybenzenesulfonyl chlorides (III, R'5 - ~-halogenoalkoxy) are used to prepare compounds according to the invention in which the substituent Rs i8 an ~-aminoalkosy which is unsubstituted or substltuted by one or two alkyls, according to the following equa~lon:
-O-Alk'-Hal + NHAA' -~ -O-Alk'-NAA' in which Alk' is a C2-C7-alkyl and A and A' are independently hydrogen or a C1-C7-alkyl.
For certain meanings of the substituents Rl, R2, R5 and/or R6, the compounds (I) according to the _ 30 2129~ ~
invention can be prepared from a precursor of formula (I') substituted by a group R'1, R'2, R's and/or RVI~
called a precursor group of R1, R2, Rs and/or R6, by using methods known to those skilled in the art.
The description which follows relates to the preparation of the compounds of formula (I) carrying substituents Rl and/or R5; the same methods apply to the preparation of ~he compounds in which the substi~uents R2 and/or R6 have the meanings indicated for Rl and R5.
The compounds (I) in which R1 and/or R5 are a hydroxyl can be obtained by the catalytic hydrogenation of a compound of formula (I') in which R'l and/or R's are a benzyloxy, for example in the presence o~ palladium-on-charcoal. These compoundY can also be prepared from analogous compound3 of formula (I'3 ln which R'l and/or R'5 are an amino group by using the method de~cribed in J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 2053.
The compound~ of formula (I) in which R1 and/or R5 are a Cl-C7-alkoxy can be prepared directly by the process according to the invention starting from the correctly sub~tituted compounds of formulae (II) and (III).
The compounds (I') in which R'1 and/or R'5 are a hydroxyl can al~o be used to prepare compounds (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are a Cl-C7-alkoxy by reactlon with a C1-C7-alkyl halide ln the presence of a base such as a metal hydride or an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal carbonate llke K2C03 or Cs2CO3, in a solvent such as THF
!or DMF. Likewise, the compounds of formula (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are an ~-aminoalkoxy are prepared by reacting an ~-chloroalkylamine with the compounds in whlch R'l and/or R'5 = OH; similarly, ~he compound~ in which R1 and/or R5 are an ~-hydroxyalkoxy are prepared by reaction with a chloroalkyl alcohol; in the particular case of the preparation of a compound (I) in which R1 and/or Rs - -O(CH2)~0H, it is also possible to react ~ 31 21~921 -j -ethylene carbonate with a compound (I') in which R' and/or R'5 = OH.
The compounds of formula (I) in whlch ~1 and/or R5 are a (Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy are obtained by reactlng an acid halide or an anhydride with a compound (I') in which R'l and/or R'5 are a hydroxyl.
The compound~ of formula (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are a formyloxy are obtained for example by reacting formic acid in the presence of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide with a compound (I') in which R'l and/or R'5 are a hydroxyl (J. HUANG et al, J. Chem. Res.(S), l991, 292-293).
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is a group -OR7, R7 bein~ an ~-carbamoyl-Cl-C7-alkyl which is free or substltuted ~y one or two Cl-C7-alkyls, can be prepared from a compound (I') in which R'5 is a group ORV, Rv being an ~-carboxy-Cl-C7-alkyl e~terified by a Cl-C7-alkyl. This preparation is carried out by reaction with a correctly chosen amine in a manner conventional to 20 those skilled in the art. ~`
To prepare compounds of formula (I) in whlch R
and/or R5 are a (Cl-C7)monoalkylamino, a compound o~
formula (I') in which R'l and/or R'5 are an amino group is reacted with an aldehyde or ketone in an acld medium, in the presQnGe of a reducing agent such as sodium cyanoborohydride, the compounds (I) in which Rl and/or R5 are a dialkylamino are prepared by an identical reaction.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is an amino grqup substituted by a benzyl, which is itself optionally substituted, or by a C3 C8-alkene can be prepared by reacting a benzyl chloride or a C3-Cg-chloroalkene with a compound of formula (I') in which R's i~ an amlno or alkylamino group.
The compounds of formula (I) in which Rs is a ~3-pyrrolin-l-yl group are prepared by reacting ci~- l,4-dichlorobut-2-ene with the compounds of formula (I') in 212321~
which R' 5 iS an amino group, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, under an inert atmosphere. The compounds of formula ( I ) in which R5 iS a pyrrolidin-l-yl group are then prepared by hydrogenat~on. The reaction of cis-1,4-dichlorobut-2-ene with the compounds (I') in which R'5 is an amino group can also be carried out in air, in the presence of a base such as sodium carbonate, under which conditions it results ln the formation of a mixture of a compound of formula (I) in which R5 is a ~3-pyrrolin-l-yl and a compound of formula ~I) in which R5 is a pyrrol-1-yl group, which can be separated by chromatography.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is an isoindolin-2-yl group are prepared by reacting a,a'-dibromo-o-xylene with the compounds of formula (I') in which R'5 i8 an amino group, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, and in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, under reflux.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is a 1~
methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolin-3-yl group (NR8Rg , N-methylhydantoin) are prepared in two steps: Sarcosine is reac~ed with a compound of formula (I') in which R's is a phenoxycarboxamldo, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, to give a compound of formula (I'~ ln which R'5 is an N'-carboxymethyl-N'-methylureido; the previously obtained product then cyclizes on heating at lOO-C under vacuum. The compounds of formula (I) in which Rs is a 2,4-dioxoimidazolin-3-yl group (NRgRg hydantoin) are prepared in the same manner by reacting glycine with a compound of formula (I') as defined above.
If R'1 and/or R'5 are an amino, it is also possible to perform a nitrosation, for example in the presence of nitrous acid or sodium nitrite, in order to prepare a compound (I') in which R'l and/or R's are a diazonium salt; reactions known to those skilled in the art then afford the compounds (I) according to the 2 1 2 9 ~ 1 ~
invention in which Rl and/or R5 are a cyano, a halogeno or a Cl-C7-thioalkyl. ~inally, compounds (I) in which R
and/or R5 are a group of ~he formula RCONH-, ROCONH-, RNHCONH- or RSO2NH-, in which R is a C1-C7-alkyl, a `
phenyl or a benzyl, can be prepared by conventional reactions starting from compounds (I') in which R' and/or R 5 5 NH2.
The compounds of formula (I) in which R5 i~ a C
C7-alkoxycarbonyl can be prepared directly by the process according to the invention. Using methods known to those skilled in the art, they make it possible to obtain the compounds of formula (I) in which R5 is a carboxyl group.
The compounds of formula (I') in which R's is a benzyloxycarbonyl can also be used to obtain~ the IS compounds (I) in which R5 is a carboxyl by catalytic hydrogenation. Reaction with a thionyl halide gives the compounds of formula ~I') in which R's i8 a halo~enocarbonyl. Such compounds are used to prepare compounds of formula (I) in which R5 iQ a carbamoyl substituted by R'6 and R''6 by reaction with a compound HNR'6R''6. The compounds of formula (I') in which the substltuent R'5 is a phenoxycarbonyl can also be used to obtaln the compounds (I) in which R5 is a phenylcarbamoyl or a Cl-C7-alkylcarbamoyl by reaction with an anlllne or a Cl-C7-alkylamine. An aniline substituted on th~ phenyl or an alkylamlne substituted on the alkyl can be used to obtaln compound~ of formula (I) ln which Rs i8 a phenylcarbamoyl substituted on the phenyl or, respectively, an alkylcarbamoyl substituted on the alkyl by R6 -In the same way, the compounds of formula (I) inwhlch Rs is a group -CONHCR1o~'loCOR12 are prepared from compound of formula (I') in which R's is either a group -COCl or a phenoxycarbonyl group by reaction with 3s H2NCRloR~locoRl2-The compounds of formula (I) in which Rs is a .~
,.. ;. ~ , .. .,, .,,.. ,.: ... : i.. -. , , - . . .. .
, 34 - ` 21~92i~
group -COR'7 are prepared from corresponding compounds ( I ' ) in which R' 5 iS a phenoxycarbonyl by reaction with R'7H-A compound (I') in which R' 5 iS a nitro group makes it possible to obtain a compound (I) in which Rs isan amino group by catalytic hydrogenation, for example in the presence of platinum oxide, Raney~ nickel or palladium-on-charcoal, or by chemical reduc tion, for example in the presence of tin or iron in an acid medium;
other compounds in which the amino group is substituted can then be prepared using reactions well known to those skilled in the art. ~ -For example, if it is desired to obtaln a compound (I) according to the invention in which R5 is a group -NR8Rg, Rg being an optionally substituted benzoyl, benzoyl chloride in which the phenyl carries the appropriate substituent is reacted with a compound (I') in which R ' 5 is an amino group, in the pre~ence of an amine s~ch as triethylamine. For example, 4-chloro-sulfonylbenzoyl chloride can be reacted in order toprepare a compound (I') in which R's is a 4-chloro-sulfonylbenzamids group, after which a compound (I) in which the substituent R5 is a 4-sulfamoylbenzamido group or a 4-alkylsulfamoylbenzamldo ~roup is obtalned by reaction with ammonia or a Cl-C4-alkylamine re pectively.
In the ~ame way, the acid chloride RllR'llNCRlOR lOCOcl is reacted with a compound of formula (I') in which R's is a group -NHRg in order to prepare a compound of formula (I) in which R5 is an -NRg substituted by -COCRloR~loNRllR 11 If it is desired to prepare a compound (I) inwhich Rs i8 a group -NRgRg, Rg being a (Cl-C6)alkyl-carbonyl, the appropriate anhydride or the appropriate acid chloride is reacted with a compound (I') in which R's is an amino group, in the preQence of an amine such as triethylamlne. To prepare a compound (I) in which R5 21292~
:
is a group -NR8Rg, Rg being a formyl, formic acid is reacted with a compound ( I ' ) in which R' 5 iS an amino group, in the presence of acetic anhydride and of an amine su~h as triethylamine.
In another preparatory example, a compound (I) in which R5 is an alkylsulfonamido group is obtained by reacting an alkylsulfonyl halide with a compound (I') in which R ' 5 iS an amino group.
The compounds of formula (I') in which R'5 is an amino group are also useful for the preparation of compounds in which this amino group is substituted by a -group -(CH2)t-COR12. In this case, a compound of the formula Hal-(CH2)t-COOAlk, in which Hal is a halogen, for example bromine, and Alk is a C1-C7-alkyl, is reacted 15 with (I') in the presence of cuprous chloride; if -required, the resultin~ ester is converted to the acid or an amide. A compound (I) in which Rs ~ -NHCO-(CH2)t~C02H, where t' = 2 or 3, can be prepared by reacting an anhydriae, such as succinic anhydride or glutaric anhydride, with a compound (I') in which R'5 iR an amino.
If required, the re~ulting acid is converted to an ester or an amide.
A compound (I) in which Rs = -NHCOCO2Et or -NHCOC~2C02Et can be prepared by reacting ethyloxalyl chloride, or, respectively, ethylmalonylchloride, with a compound (I') in which R's is an amino.
In the same way, the compounds of formula (I) ln which Rs is an amino gro~p substituted by a group CRloR'1oC4R~2 are prepared by reacting a compound of the formula Hal-CRloR~locoRl2 with the corresponding compounds (I'~ in which the substituent R's is an a~lno.
A compound (I) in which Rs ls an amino group substituted by a Cl-C7-alkoxycarbonyl or a phenoxycarbonyl is prepared by reacting a Cl-C7-alkyl or 35 phenyl chloroformate with a compound (I') in whlch the ~;
substituent R's is an amino.
:.
"`' ~,~, - - . . . .
Likewise, a compound of formula (I) in whlch R5 is a phenoxythiocarbonylamino is obtained ~y reacting a phenoxythiocarbonyl chloride with a compound of formula (I') in which R' 5 iS an amino group.
A compound of formula (I) in which R5 is a ureido or a thioureido is prepared by reacting ammonia with a compound of formula (I') in which R'5 is an amlno group substituted by a phenoxycarbonyl or a phenoxythiocarbonyl; such a compound of formula (I') ls reacted with a correctly subs~ituted aniline or a correctly substituted C1-C7-monoalkylamine or -dialkyl-amine in order to prepare a compound of formula (I) in which Rs is a correctly substituted N'-phenylureido or a correctly substituted N'-alkylureido or N',N'-di-alkylureido in which the alkyl is Cl-C7.
It is also possible to prepare a compound (~) in which Rs is a ureido (-NHCONR14R'14) or a thioureido (-NHCSNR14R'14) by reacting a compound NHR14R'14 with a compound (I') in which R'5 is a phenoxycarbonylamino or, respectively, phenoxythiocarbonylamino sroup.
A further possibility i~ to prepare a compound (I) in which Rs is a ureido (-NHCONR14R'14) or a thioureido by reacting a carbamoyl chloride (ClCONR14R'14) or, respectively, a thiocarbamoyl chloride with a compound of formula (I') in which R's is an amino group.
It is also possible to prepare a compound (I) in which Rs is a thioureido by reacting Lawesson 1 3 reagent with a compound (I') in which R'5 is the corresponding ureido.
The compounds (I) in whlch Rs is a ~uanidino group which is unsubstituted or monosubstituted or disubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a phenyl or a benzyl can be prepared from the compounds (I') in which R's ~s a phenoxyamido ~roup by reaction with cyanamide or a derivative thereof correctly substituted on the nitrogen.
~ 37 21~21~
A compound (I) in which R5 is a carbamoyl which ls unsubstituted or su~stituted by one or 2 Cl-C7-alkyl groups is prepared by reacting an appropriate amine with a compound (I') in which the substituent R'5 is an amlno, in the presence of phosgene.
It is also possible to prepare a compound (I) in which R5 is an amino group sub~tituted by an alkylcarbamoyl or a phenylcarbamoyl by reacting an alkyl or phenyl isocyanate with a compound (I') in whlch the substituent R'5 is an amino.
Furthermore, a compound (I) in which R5 is a sulfamoyl group which is unsubstltuted or substituted by a Cl-C7-alkyl is prepared by reacting a~monia or a Cl-C7-alkylamine with a compound (I') in which R'5 i9 a lS halogenosulfonyl group.
The affinity of the compounds according to the invention for the vasopressin receptor~ wa~ determined in vltro using the method described in C.J. Lynch et al., J.
Biol. Chem., 1985, ~Q (5), 2844-2851. This method consists in studying the displacement of trltlated vasopressin bound to the Vl slte~ of rat liver membranes.
The concentrations of the co~pound~ according to the invention which cause a 50% inhibition of the blnding of tritlated vasopressin (ICso) are low, ranging down to 10-7 M.
The affinity of the compounds (I) according tothe inventlon for the Y2 receptors was measured on a bovlne kldney membrane preparatlon by a method adapted from P. Crau~e et al., Molecular and Ce}lular Endocrinology, 1982, ~, 529-541, and F~L. Stassen et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1982, ~2~, 50-54. The com pounds according to the invention inhibit the binding of tritiated arginine vasopressin to the receptors of the membrane preparation. The IC50 values of the compounds according to the invention are low, ranging down to 10-9 M.
' ' , , . ~ ;' ' . . ' ' , ' ' ', . ' " ' ~ ' ; "' ' ~'.~.; . ~ . , :'`: . ' ' ' : ,' ' : , ,-~ 38 2~2921~
The antagonistic activity of the compounds according to the invention towards the V2 receptors was demonstrated by the adenylate cyclase activity assay performed by a method adapted from M. Laburthe et al., Molecular Pharmacol., 1986, ~2, 23-27. A bovine kidney membrane preparation is used and each product is incubated for 10 minutes at 37-C, e~ther by itself or in the presence of AVP (arginine vasopreQsin) at a concentration of 3.10-8 M. The cyclic AMP (cyclic adenosine monophosphate) produced is measured by radioimmunoassay. The concentration which causes a 50%
inhibitlon (IC50) of the stimulation of adenylate cyclase induced by 3.10-8 M AVP is determined. The IC50 values determined are of the order of 10-7 M, ranging down to 10-8 M.
The agonistic or antagonistic activity of the compounds according to the invention, administered orally, towards the vasopressin receptors i~ evaluated in hyperhydrated rat3 (OFA, Sprague-Dawley strain) treated with vasopressin. The antagonistic activity of the compounds according to the invention was also evaluated in normally hydrated rats (OFA strain or Sprague-Dawley strain) by the technique described in Br. J. Pharmacol., 1992, 105, 787-791. The dluretic effect was observed for some of the compounds at a dose of 10 mg/kg.
Likewise, the affinity of the compounds (I) according to the invention for the ocytocin receptors was determined in vitro by the displacement of a radlolodinated ocytocln analog bound to the receptor~ of a gestatlng rat mammary gland membrane preparation by a technique simllar to that described by J. Eland et al. in Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1987, 1~, 197-207. The ICso values of the compounds according to the invention reach 10-~ M.
The compounds according to the lnvention are active after administration ~y different routes, especially orally.
~.'''"',"'.''",1..;'"'-."
2123~1~
No signs of toxicity are observed with these compounds at the pharmacologically active doses.
Thus the compounds according to the invention can be used in the treatment or preventlon of variou~
S vasopressin-dependent or ocytocin-dependent complaints, cardiovascular complaints such as hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, cardiac insufficlency, myocardial infarction or coronary vasospasm, in particular in smokers, unstable angina and PTCA (percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty), cardiac ischemia, hemostatic disorders, especially hemophilla, and von Willebrand's syndrome, complaints of the central nervous system, for example migraine, cerebral vasospasm, cerebral hemorrhage, cerebral edema~, depression, anxiety, psychotic states and memory dlsorders, complaints of the renal system, such as edemas, renal vasospasm, necrosis of the renal cortex, hyponatremia, hypokalemia and Schwartz Bartter's syndrome, complaints of the gastric system, such as gastric vasospasm, hepatocirrhosls, ulcers, the pathology of vomi~ing, for example nausea, including nausea due to chemotherapy, travel sickness or else the syndrome of inapproprlate secretion of antidiuretic hormone (SIADH), dlabetes insipidus and enuresis. The compounds according to the lnvention can also be used in the treatment of disorders of sexual behavior; in women, the compounds accordlng to the inventlon can be used for treating dysmenorrhea or premature labor. The compounds according to the lnvention can also ,be used in the treatment of small cell! lung cancer, hyponatremic encephalopathy, Raynaud's disease, pulmonary syndrome and glaucoma and in postoperative treatments, especially after abdominal surgery.
The present invention further r~lates to pharmaceutical compositions containing an effective dose of a compound according to the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and sultable _~ 40 " 212921~
excipients.
Said excipients are chosen according to the pharmaceutical form and the desired mode o~
administration.
In the pha~maceutical compositions of the pre~ent invention for oral, sublingual, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, topical, intratracheal, intranasal, transdermal or rectal administration, the active principles of formula (I) above, or their salts 10 where appropriate, can be administered to animal and ~`
humans in unit forms of administration, mixed with ~
conventional pharmaceutical carriers, for the prophylaxis ~ -or treatment of the above disorders or diseases. The appropriate u~it forms of administration include forms for oral administration, such as tablets, gelatin capsules, powders, granules and solution~ or suspen~ions to be taken orally, forms for sublingual, buccal, intratracheal or intranasal administration, forms for subcutan~ous, intramuscular or intravenous administration and forms for rectal administration. For topical application, the compounds according to the invention can be used in creams, olntments or lotions.
To obtain the desired prophylactic or therapeutlc effect, the dose of active princlple can vary between O.Ol and 50 mg per kg of body weight and per day.
Each unit dose can contain from 0.5 to lO00 mg, preferably from l to 500 mg, of active ingredients in combination with a pharmaceutical carrier. This unlt dose can be administered l to 5 times a day 80 as to 30 administer a daily dosage of 0.5 to 5000 mg, preferably 1 -to 2500 mg.
If a solid composition is prepared in the form of tablets, the main active ingredient is mixed with a -pharmaceutical vehicle such as gelatin, starch, lactose, magnesium stearate, talc, gum arabic or the like. The tablets can be coated with sucrose, a cellulose , ~, . :,.
"; , ~ , . " "
21292~ ) ~
derivative or other appropriate substances, or else they can be treated so as to have a sustained or delayed activity and so as to release a predetermined amount of active prlnciple contlnuously.
S A preparation in the form of gelatin capsules is obtained by mixing the active ingredient with a diluent and pouring the resulting mixture into soft or hard gelatin capsules.
A preparation in the form of a syrup or elixir or for administration in the form of drops can contain the active ingredient together with a sweetener, which is preferably calorie-free, methylparaben and propylparaben as antiseptlcsr a flavoring and an appropriate color.
The water-dispersible powders or granules can contain the active ingredient mixed with dispersants or wetting agents, or suspension agents such as polyvlnylpyrrolidone, as well as with sweeteners or taste correctors.
~ectal administration i-~ effected using suppositori2s, which are prepared with binders melting at the rectal temperature, for example cocoa butter or polyethylene glycols.
Parenteral administration is effected using aqueous suspensions, isotonic saline solutions or sterile and inJectable solutions which contain pharmacologically compatlble dispersant~ andtor wetting agents, for example propylene glycol or butyl~ne glycol.
The act$ve principle can also be formulated as , microcapsules, if appropriate with one or more carriers or add$tives.
In addition to the products of formula (I) above or one of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, the compositlons of the present invention can contaln other active principIes which may be useful in the treatment of the disorders or diseases indicated above.
Thus the present invention further relates to ~_ 42 21292~ ~
pharmaceutical compositions in which several actlve principles are presen~ in association, one of them being a compound according to the inventlon.
Thus, according to the present invention, it is possible to prepare pharmaceutical composltions in which a compound according to the invention is present in associatlon with a compound which acts on the renin-angiotensin syste~, such as a converting enzyme inhibitor, an angiotensin II antagonist or a renin inhibitor. A compound according to the invention can also be associated for example with a perlpheral vasodilator, a calcium inhibitor, a beta-blocker, an alpha-l- blocker or a diuretic. Such composltions will ~e useful in particular in the treatment of hypertension or heart failure.
It is also possible to associa~e two compounds according to the invention, namely a specific V1 receptor antagonist with a specific V2 receptor antagonist, or else a speclfic Vl receptor antagonlst with a speciflc ocytocin antagonist.
These associations will make it possible to reinforce the therapeutic activities of the compounds according to the invention.
Preparation of the 1~3-dihydroindol-2-Qn8 ,P~eDa~;atlC;tn~
1,3-Dihydro-4,6-dimethyl-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one This compound is pr~pared according to Moore and Plant in J. Chem. Soc., 1951, 3475.
A mixture containing 15 ml of quinoline and 10 g of calcium oxide is refluxed under an inert atmosphere and 5 g of the 3,5-dimethylphenylhydrazide of cyclohexanecarboxylic acid tIV, R'1, R'2 5 CH3, C~'3R'4 =
cyclohexane) are added over 30 minutes. The reaction ...... ... . .... . . .. .... ~ ~ . . , .. . . .. . .. , .. ... ~ .. . . .. ..... .... . . .... .... . . . .
.
21 2921a medium is cooled and then poured into an ice/hydrochloric acid mixture. Extraction is carried out with ethyl acetate and the extract is washed with normal hydrochloric acid and with water until the wai~hing3 are neutral, and then dried and concentrated under vacuum to give a brown solid. Trituration in iso ether ~ives the expected compound. M.p. = 223-C.
The 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives described in Table 1 below are obtained by followlng the same procedure and varying the starting hydrazide.
These compounds are purified by chromatography on a silica column using DCM a~ the eluent or by chromatography on an alumina column us1ng DCM or iso ether a~ the eluent.
R' R'2 H
R'1 R'2 CR'3R'4 M.p. C
Cl-S H cyclobutane 191 Cl-S H cyclopentane 189 Cl-S cyclohexane 186 H H cyclohexane123-124 CH3-5 H cyclohexane 164 CH30-5 H cyclohexane 226 Cl-6 H cyclohexane 168 CF30-5 H cyclohexane 164 C~H~0-5 H cyclohexane 160 :
212921~
PreRaration 2:
The 1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one described in Table 1 above can also be obtalned by alkylation of the indol-2-one using the process accordin~
to A.S. Kende and J.C. Hodges or a variant described below.
A solution o~ 30 g of 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one in 900 ml of THF is kept at -40-C under a nltrogen atmosphere and 101 g of potassium tert-butylate are added. The temperature is allowed to rise to O-C over 1 hour, the m~xture is then cooled to -60-C and a solution of 52 g of 1,5-dibromopentane in 50 ml of THF is added dropwise. After 30 minutes at -60-C, the temperature is allowed to rise to ~T, 30 ml of water are then added and the solvent is evaporated off under reduced pressure.
~he resldue is taken up with 500 ml of DCM and 200 ml of water, the insoluble material i~ then filtered off and the organic phase is separated off, washed wlth 100 ml of wa~er, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. The residue ls chromatographed on silica uslng a cyclohexane/ether mixture as the eluent to glve the expected compound, which is recrystallized from heptane.
m - 34 ~. M.p. 5 123-124-C.
A ~imilar procedure can be applied startin~ from other 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones and other alkylating agents.
By way of example, among the starting compounds of formula (VII), 5-chloro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one is described by ~right in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1956, 7~, 221, and by Ra~anBabu in J. Org. Chem., 1986, 51, 1704. 4-Chloro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one can be prepared from 2-chloro-6-nitrotoluene by the method described in J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 1956, 78, 221.
1,3-Dihydro-5-methoxyindol-2-one is prepared from 4-methoxyaniline by the method described in J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 1974, 96, 5512. In the same way, various 1,3-~12921~
dihydroindol-2-ones are prepared from the appropriate aniline derivative.
Preparation 3:
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one S A - 3-Methylthio-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one 23.6 g of ethyl methylthioacetate in 60 ml of DCM
are added to a ~olutlon, cooled to about -70-C, of 12.5 g of chlorine in 400 ml of DCM. After stlrring for 5 minutes at the same temperature, a solution of 4-ethoxyaniline (48.3 g) in 120 ml of DCM is added. The mixture is stirred for one hour at about -70-C, 39.3 ml of triethylamine are added and the resulting mixture is allowed to warm up to room temperature. 200 ml of water IS are added and the organic phase i~ decanted, dried over magnesium ~ulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure.
The residue i8 taken up with 500 ml of isopropanol and 20 ml of concentrated hydrochlorlc ac~d. The mixture ls stlrred for about 16 hours at room temper~ture and filtered and the precipitate is separated off. The filtrate i8 concentrated under reduced pressure to give the expected product.
B - 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one The above solid, in 1500 ml of isopropanol, i8 de~hiomethylated in the presence of 100 g oP Raney~
nlckel (80 to 100 m2 per g), under reflux, for 3 hours, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mlxture is filtered on talc, the materlal on the fllter ls rlnsed wlth 1000 ml of isopropanol and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. 16 g of the expected product are isolated after recrystallization from toluene. M.p. =
156-C.
The following are isolated in the same manner starting from the corresponding anilines:
5-benzyloxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 152-C
2~ 29~1~
5-n-propyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. - 136C
5-ethyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. ~ 152-C - -5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 145-C
5-trifluoromethyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 193-C
5-fluoro-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one m.p. = 143-C
The compound~ of formula (II) described below are obtained by following tha technique described ln Preparation 2 and varying the starting 1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivative and the alkylating reagent.
, .
TABLE 2 ~ ~
R'l R'2 = M.p Calkylating reagent ~ ~
S-CI Hcyclohexane 186-189 Br(CH2)s Bs ~ :
S-CI Hcycloheptane 202 Br(CH2)6 Br S-CI H4,4-dimethyl 180TSo(cH2)2c(cH3)2-cyclohexane -(CH2)2OTs : :
S-CI Hhexahydroindane-2 223cis--1,2-diiodomethyl-cyclohexane S-OCH3 H4,4-dimethyl 202TsO ~cH2)2c(cH3)2 . . cyclohexane __ -(CH ~)~-OTs ~ 47 212921'~
TABLE 2 ( continuation ) __ . . _ __ _ , , _ _ R'1 R'~C~ 3R 4 M.p. Calkylating reagent . .
S-CI Hindane-2 228a,a' dibromomethyl orthoxylène S-CI HC~CH3)2 160 CH31 S-CI HC(CH2CH3)2 156 CH3CH2 S-CI HC(n Pr)2 158 nPrl S-CI HC(iBu)2 164 iBul S-CI HN-methyl 260Cl(cH2)2N(cH3 piperidine-4 -(CH2)2CI
S-CI Htetrahydropyran-4 2231(CH2)20(CH2)2 4-CI Hcyelohexane 215 Br~CH2)sBr S-OBz Heyelohexane 162 Br(~H2)5Br H HC(CH2C6HS)2 206 C6HsCH2Br S-CI HC~n-pentyl~2 142 CH3(cH2)4Br ¦ ~ .
BrCH2 CH2Br S-CI H2,3-dihydro _ l~q phenalene-2 W
S-OBz H4,4-dimethyl 154TSo(cH2 )2C(CH3)2-cyclohexane -(CH2)2oTs S-CI H4-spiroeyclopentane 202 ~ (CH2)2oT~
V\ (CH2)2T~ :-S-nPr Heyelohexane 151 Br(CH2)~Br :
S-OEt H N-tBu _ / (C~2)2Br ~ ~ ~ .: :
. .
,~ 4~
21292~
TABLE 2 ( continuation ) . . . _ __ , . ~ , ':, R'l R'2 _ _ M.p. Calkylating reagent S-CI H N-Bz 165/ (CH2)2Br piperidine-4 Bz ~\
. (CH2)2Br . ~ ::
S-CI HN-phenyl 188/ (CH2) piperidine-4 C6H 5 ~
(CH2)2Cl :' S-CI H ~ C~I 300~XCH20S02CH3 ~ :
CH20s02cH3 S-OEt H4,4-diethyl 132TSo(cH2)~c(c2Hs)2 cyclohexane -(cH2)2ars S-OEt Hcyclohexane 163Br(CH2)sBr 5-OEt H4,4-dimethyl 178TSo(cH2)2~(cH3)2- ; ~-cyclohexane -(CH2)20Ts ~ :
5-OEt Hcycloheptane 139Br(CH2)6Br S-Et H4,4-dimethyl 160TSo~cH2)2c(cH3)2- : .
cyclohexane -(CH2)2OTs 5_ H4,4-dimethyl 164idem OCH2CF3 cyclohexane . ~ .
H H4,4-dimethyl 169idem . ~ ~:
: ~ l cyclohexane S-CF3 H4,4-dimethyl 211idem ~ ~:
cyclohexane S-F H4,4-dimethyl 171idem .: :
_ cyc!ohexane .__ ._ _ :::
::
.
212 9 21 ~
TABLE 2 (continuation) __ ___ _ R~1R~2 CR 3R 4 M.p. C alkylating reagent ~-CI H(CH2)2o ~ 120 Br(CH2) (CH2)2o ~
o 5-OEt H /\~ 208 Ts O ~
~ r/- ~
/C~ Ts o 5-013t ~ H C
S-OEt Htetrahydro- 146 1(CH2)20(CH2)2 pyrane-4 ~
' ' ~:
5-OEt H " C~I 255 ~XcH2oso2cH3 Preparation 4:
! 5 1 1,3-Dihydro-3-spiroadamantaneindol-2-one This compound is prepared according to I. Fleming et al., Tetrahedron Letters, 1982, 2053-2056, startlng from 2-bromoaniline and adamantan-2-one.
Preuaration 5~
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3,3-diphenylindol-2-one This compound is prepared by the method described ~ - so :
21292~5 - -in Helv. Chim. Acta, 1946, 29, 415-431, by the reaction of benzene with 5-chloroisatin in the presence of aluminum chloride. M.p~ = 281-C.
Pre~aratiQ~ 6:
1,3-Dihydro-5-nitro-3-splrocyclohexaneindol-2-one ~his compound is prepared by the method de~cribed in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1945, 67, 499, by the nitrat1On of 1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one. M.p. = 192-C.
1,3-Dihydro-5-nitro-3-spiroadamantaneindol-2- one is prepared in the same manner starting from 1,3-dihydro-3-spiroadamantaneindol-2-one. M.p~ > 260-C.
1,3-Dihydro-5-nitro-3-spiro(4,4-dimethylcyclo-hexane)indol-2-one is also prepared. M.p. = 195-C.
Pre~aration 7:
5-Amino-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one This compound is prepared by the method described in J. Chem. Soc., 1951, 3475, by the reduction of 1,3-dihydro-5-nitro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one, prepared above.
M.p. - 176-C.
5-Amino-1,3-dihydro-3-spiroadamantaneindol~2- one is prepared in the same manner~ M.P.C ~ 245-C.
PreparatlOn ~:
5-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-3-~pirocyclohexaneindol~
one A - 5-Diazonium-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexane-lindol-2-one tetrafluoroborate A solution containlng 4 g of 5-amino-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 9.2 ml of 6 N
hydrochloric acid i5 cooled to O-C and 2.27 y of æodium nitrite in 2.6 ml of water are added, followed by 2.54 g of sodium tetrafluoroborate in 9 ml of water. After stirring for 5 minutes, the precipitate is filtered off and washed with a 5% solution of tetrafluoroborate, with '''~. ' ' . ,: ,' , 212921~
3 ml of methanol cooled to about O-C and then with 5 ml of ether. The salt obtained is dried under vacuum at RT
in the presence of phosphorus pentoxide.
s - 5-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one 1 g of the compound obtained 1n step A is placed in 5 ml of xylene and heated at about 115-C $or 2 hours.
The mixture is cooled to RT, the preaipitate is filtered off and rinsed with toluene and 0.1 g of act~ve charcoal is added to the filtrate. After filtration, the solvent is evaporated off under reduced pres~ure to give 0.45 g of the expected compound, which is recrystallized from pentane. M.p. = 114-C.
PreDa~a~lQn 9: :
5-Cyano-1,3-dihydro-3-~pirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 4.78 g of potas~ium cyanide and 4.95 g of auprous cyanide are dissolved at RT in 40 ml of ~MS0. The solution 18 cooled to about 15-C and 4.15 g of the diazonium sait obtained ln step A of the previous preparation are added.
After stirring for 30 minutes at RT, 100 ml of water and 100 ml of ether are added and the organic phase ls then separated off, dried over magnesium sulfate and 25 evaporated under reduced pressure. The resldue is 3 `~
chromatographed on silica using a cyclohexane/ether mlxtura as the eluent to give the expected compound, which i8 rscrystallized from heptane.
,~ m ~ 1.4 g. M.p. - 216-C.
PreDaration 10:
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiroadamantanelndol-2-one 1 g of the p-chlorophenylhydrazide of adamantane- ~ -2-carboxylic acid is dissolved in THF and 2.5 ml of a solution of n-butyllithium (1.6 M in hexane) are added at .
21~921~ `
-40-C. After stirring for 5 minutes, the mixture is concentrated under vacuum, the temperature being kept below 30-C. 30 ml of 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene are added and the mixture is refluxed for 1 hour. It is concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue is taken up with normal hydrochloric acid, extraction is carried out with ether and the extract is washed, drled and concentrated under vacuum. The oil obtained is chromatographed on a silica column using DCM as the eluent to give 0.3 g of the expected product in the form of a wax, which i~ crystallized from iso ether. M.p. =
249-C. ~;
Pre~aration 11:
5-Chloro-3-cyclohexyl-1,3-dihydro-3-methyl-indol-2-one The method described in Synth. Commun., 1982, 12 (1), 1-10, is used to prepare 5-chloro-3-cyclohexyl- 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one as an intermediate, and the expected compound is then obtained by reaction with methyl iodide.
2n P~a~a~ion 12:
5-Acetyl-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 2.56 g of acetyl chloride and then 8.25 g of anhydrous aluminum chloride are added to a solution, cooled to 5-C, oP 4 g of 1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one in 35 ml of 1,2-dichloroethane. The mixture is refluxed for 2 hours, the solvent is evaporated off under reduced pressure and the medium is ! hydrolyzed with 50 g of ice and extracted with ethyl acetate.
The organic phase is washed with water, drled over magnesium sulfate and then evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed on a ~ilica column using a mixture of heptane and ethyl ether as the eluent to give 3.6 g of the expected product. M.p. =
19~C.
i, .,i - . . .: ~, - .
212~21~ ~
Preparation 13:
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(tetrahydrothio-pyran-4-yl)indol-2-one A - 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3,3-di(2-bromoethyl)-5 indol-2-one 7.66 g of bromine are added slowly to a mixture, cooled to about O-C, of 12.4 g of triphenyl-phosphine in 70 ml of DCM, and 4.58 g of 5~chloro-1,3- dihydro-3,3-dit2-(tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy)ethyl]indol- 2-one, 10 described in Table 2, are then added. After 16 hours at RT, 60 ml of water are added and the organic phase i5 separated off, washed with 60 ml of water and then dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. The s residue is chromatographed on a silica column uslng DCM
15 as the eluent to give 3.12 g of the expected product.
M.p. - 215-C.
B - 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(tetrahydro~
thiopyran-4-yl)indol-2-one Under an inert atmosphere, 3 g of the product 20 prepared in step A are added to 3.2 ml of DMF and 2 g of sodium sulfide monohydrate and the mixture is heated or 2 hours at 50-C. It is cooled to RT, 6 ml of water are ~
added and the mi~ture is extracted with DCM. The organic -~ -phase is washed with water, dried over magnesium ~ulfate 25 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The oily resldue obtained is purified by chromatography on silica using DCM as the eluent to give 2.02 g of the expected compound.
NMR spect~um at 200 MHz in CDC1 30 8.12 ppm : s : lH
7.2 ppm : m : 2H
6.8 ppm : d : lH ~-3.25 ppm m : 2H
2.65 ppm : m : 2H
35 2 ppm : m : 4H
~ 54 2 1 2 9 2 1 ~
Pre~arat~Qn 14: ~
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(methoxymethoxy~- -cyclohexane]indol-2-one A - 3-(Methoxymethoxy)pentane-1,5-diol 270 ml of a 1 M solution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF, diluted in 540 ml of anhydrous THF, is cooled to O-C and a solution of 63 g of diethyl 3-(methoxymethoxy)glutarate (prepared according to J.L.
Gras in Synthesis, 1985, 74) in 400 ml of THF is added.
The mixture is stirred for 16 hours at R~ and then cooled to O-C and 9 ml of water, 30 ml of a 15% solution of NaOH
and 9 ml of water are added successively. The mineral salts are filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum to give 24 g of the expected product after dlstlllation under reduced pressure. B.p. 7 125-C under 1.2 Pa.
B - 3-(Methoxymethoxy)-1,5-ditosyloxypentane A solution of 46 g of p-toluene~ulfonyl chloride and 38 ml of triethylamine in 80 ml of THF i cooled to 0-C, a solution of 18 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 100 ml of THF i8 added and the mixture i8 stirred for 16 hours at RT. 150 ml of water ars added to the reaction mixture, the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum, the residue 1~ extracted with AcOEt and the latter is evaporated off under vacuum. The oll obtalned is taken up with 250 ml of ether and 200 ml of 2 N NaOH
and ths mlxture is stirred for 16 hours at RT. After decantation, the organic phase is drled over magnesium sulfate and the solvent ls evaporated off under vacuum to 30 give 45 g of the expected product after crystallization ~ ;~
from cyclohexane. M.p. < 50-C.
C - 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirot4-(methoxy-methoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure descrlbed in Preparation 2 starting from 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one and the compound obtained in the ,:. : ~. : :
. , ~.-: ... : : ~
212921'~
previous step. The expected product is obtained in the form of a mixture of isomers. M.p. = 98-C.
Preparation 15:
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-tricyclo-[5.2.1.02~6]decane]indol-2-one A mixture of 3 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]dec-8-ene~indol-2-one, described in Table 2, and 1.5 g of 10~ palladium-on-charcoal in 160 ml of MeOH is hydrogenated for 16 hours at 40-C under a pressure of 20 bar. The catalyst is filtered off on Célite~ and washed with MeOH and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum to give 2.95 g of the expected product. M.p. - 236-C.
PreDarations 16 and 17:
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclo-hexane)lndol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar isomer A - 3-Methoxypentane-1,5-diol ml of methyl trifluoromethylsulfonate are added to a solution of 30 g of diethyl 3-hydroxy-glutarate and 33 ml of 2,6-di-tert-butylpyridine in 500 ml of DCM and the mixture i8 refluxed for 6 hours. After cooling, 500 ml of a 0.5 N solution of HCl are addad, the organic phase ls decanted and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum.
The residue obtalned is taken up with 200 ml of anhydrous THF, the mixture i8 filterad and the filtrate i8 then cooled to -5-C. 160 ml of a 1 M ~olution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF are then added slowly and the mixture is stirred for 16 hours, the temperature being allowed to ri~e to RT. The reaction mixture is cooled to O-C and 5.5 ml of water, 18 ml of a 15% solution of NaOH
and 5.5 ml of water are added succes~ively. The mineral salts are filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum to give the expectad product after distillation under reduced pressure. B.p. = 104-C under ~.
212921.~ :
1.5 Pa.
B - 3-Methoxy-1,5-ditosyloxypentane A solution of 31 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and 26 ml of triethylamine in 120 ml of THF is coolsd to S O-C, 10 g of the co~pound obtained in the previou~i step are added and the mixture is stirred for 24 hours at RT.
120 ml of water are added to the reac tion mixture, the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum, the re~ldue is extracted with AcOEt and dried over magne~ium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The oil obtained is taken up with 200 ml of ether and 200 ml of 2 N NaOH and the mixture is st~rred for 16 hours at RT.
After decantation, the organic phase is dried over magnesium ~ulfate and the solvent is evaporated off~under vacuum to give 26 g of the expected product after crystallizatlon from cyclohexane. M.p. - 58-C.
C - 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxy~
cyclohexane~indol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar lsomer These compounds are prepared by the procedure described in Preparation 2 starting from 11.85 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one, 34 g of pota~sium tert-butylate and 26 g of the compound obtalneid in the previous step. They are chromatographed on silica u~ing a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture (80/20; v/v) as the eluent.
The two isomers are separated into - the less polar isomer: compound of Preparation 16, m.p. = 173-C:
- the more polar isomer: compound of Preparation 17, m.p. = 186-C.
In addition, the benzenesulfonyl chlorides described in the Table below were prepared using the procedure desGribed in the general section.
''' `, ~ ,, ,' " ` ' . ''. . ~ ' ', ` ~' .` ' .
2 1 2 9 ~
S~2 ~ OC~3 YRV . '' . . . , __ , , .
Y RV M.p.-C :j~:
_ . ~ .
S CH3 85 ~:
OCH2Bz 95 OCH2CO2Et 89 O(CH?)~Br Starting from the various 1,3-dihydroindol-2~
S oneg described above and appropr~ate benzenequlfonyl chlorides, the compounds according to the invention were prepared using the procedures repor~ed in the Examples below.
EXAMPLES 1 and 2 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-~2-methoxy-4-(pyrrol~
yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one and 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-(~3-pyrrolln-1-yl) :~
benzenesulfonyl3-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesul-fonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneinaol-2-one A solutlon of 15 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dlhydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 150 ml of THF is ~ooled in an ice bath to a temperature between lO-C and 15-C. 2.4 -~
g of sodium hydride as a 60% dispersion in oil are added over 2 hours and 18 g of 2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl chloride are ~hen introduced in portions ;;~.. .,-~ 58 21292~
over 30 minutes. After stirring for 18 hours at RT, the suspension obtained is poured into an iced ~olution of sodlum chloride and then extracted with AcOEt. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated S to dryness and the residue is then crystallized from 200 ml of hot iso ether to give 23 g of the expected product.
M.p. = 160-C.
This compound is also obtained by following the procedure described below.
A'~ 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene-sulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexane$ndol-2-one A solution of 15 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 300 ml of THF is cooled to about -50-C and 7.2 g of pota~sium tert-butylate are IS added. The mixture is stirred, the temperature baing allowed to rise to about O-C, and then cooled to -50-C
and a solution of 16.2 g of 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride in THF is added. The mixture is stirred for 1 hour at RT, 100 ml of water are added and the golvent is evaporated off under vacuum.
The aqueous phase i9 extracted with DCM and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum to give the expected product after crystallization from hot iso ether.
The following nitro derivatives are prepared by the latter procedure startlng from the appropriate 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones:
''' 59 212921'j ,~
:
~R4 ~, O Me N2 ~: .
. .. . . ,.
Rl CR3R4 M.p.-C or NMR : ~
_, -. ~
Cl-4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 169 EtO-4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 110 : :
F-4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 137 ~ ~.
CF34,4-dimethylcyclohexane -Cl- cycloheptane 137 EtO- cycloheptane 125 Cl-tetrahydropyran-4 212 . .~ ~:
Cl-tetrahydrothiopyran-4 116 EtO- 2~>/ 88 1~0- 1 \C~ 40 ElO ~ NMR~
*NMR spectrum at 200 MHz in DMSO
1. 3 ppm : t : 3H
5 1. 3-1. 5 ppm : mt : 6H --- 2~2921~
2.2 ppm : mt : 4H
3.7 ppm : s : 3 4.0 ppm : q : 2H
2.65 ppm : m : 2H
35 2 ppm : m : 4H
~ 54 2 1 2 9 2 1 ~
Pre~arat~Qn 14: ~
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(methoxymethoxy~- -cyclohexane]indol-2-one A - 3-(Methoxymethoxy)pentane-1,5-diol 270 ml of a 1 M solution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF, diluted in 540 ml of anhydrous THF, is cooled to O-C and a solution of 63 g of diethyl 3-(methoxymethoxy)glutarate (prepared according to J.L.
Gras in Synthesis, 1985, 74) in 400 ml of THF is added.
The mixture is stirred for 16 hours at R~ and then cooled to O-C and 9 ml of water, 30 ml of a 15% solution of NaOH
and 9 ml of water are added successively. The mineral salts are filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum to give 24 g of the expected product after dlstlllation under reduced pressure. B.p. 7 125-C under 1.2 Pa.
B - 3-(Methoxymethoxy)-1,5-ditosyloxypentane A solution of 46 g of p-toluene~ulfonyl chloride and 38 ml of triethylamine in 80 ml of THF i cooled to 0-C, a solution of 18 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 100 ml of THF i8 added and the mixture i8 stirred for 16 hours at RT. 150 ml of water ars added to the reaction mixture, the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum, the residue 1~ extracted with AcOEt and the latter is evaporated off under vacuum. The oll obtalned is taken up with 250 ml of ether and 200 ml of 2 N NaOH
and ths mlxture is stirred for 16 hours at RT. After decantation, the organic phase is drled over magnesium sulfate and the solvent ls evaporated off under vacuum to 30 give 45 g of the expected product after crystallization ~ ;~
from cyclohexane. M.p. < 50-C.
C - 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirot4-(methoxy-methoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure descrlbed in Preparation 2 starting from 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one and the compound obtained in the ,:. : ~. : :
. , ~.-: ... : : ~
212921'~
previous step. The expected product is obtained in the form of a mixture of isomers. M.p. = 98-C.
Preparation 15:
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-tricyclo-[5.2.1.02~6]decane]indol-2-one A mixture of 3 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]dec-8-ene~indol-2-one, described in Table 2, and 1.5 g of 10~ palladium-on-charcoal in 160 ml of MeOH is hydrogenated for 16 hours at 40-C under a pressure of 20 bar. The catalyst is filtered off on Célite~ and washed with MeOH and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum to give 2.95 g of the expected product. M.p. - 236-C.
PreDarations 16 and 17:
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclo-hexane)lndol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar isomer A - 3-Methoxypentane-1,5-diol ml of methyl trifluoromethylsulfonate are added to a solution of 30 g of diethyl 3-hydroxy-glutarate and 33 ml of 2,6-di-tert-butylpyridine in 500 ml of DCM and the mixture i8 refluxed for 6 hours. After cooling, 500 ml of a 0.5 N solution of HCl are addad, the organic phase ls decanted and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum.
The residue obtalned is taken up with 200 ml of anhydrous THF, the mixture i8 filterad and the filtrate i8 then cooled to -5-C. 160 ml of a 1 M ~olution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF are then added slowly and the mixture is stirred for 16 hours, the temperature being allowed to ri~e to RT. The reaction mixture is cooled to O-C and 5.5 ml of water, 18 ml of a 15% solution of NaOH
and 5.5 ml of water are added succes~ively. The mineral salts are filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum to give the expectad product after distillation under reduced pressure. B.p. = 104-C under ~.
212921.~ :
1.5 Pa.
B - 3-Methoxy-1,5-ditosyloxypentane A solution of 31 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and 26 ml of triethylamine in 120 ml of THF is coolsd to S O-C, 10 g of the co~pound obtained in the previou~i step are added and the mixture is stirred for 24 hours at RT.
120 ml of water are added to the reac tion mixture, the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum, the re~ldue is extracted with AcOEt and dried over magne~ium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The oil obtained is taken up with 200 ml of ether and 200 ml of 2 N NaOH and the mixture is st~rred for 16 hours at RT.
After decantation, the organic phase is dried over magnesium ~ulfate and the solvent is evaporated off~under vacuum to give 26 g of the expected product after crystallizatlon from cyclohexane. M.p. - 58-C.
C - 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxy~
cyclohexane~indol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar lsomer These compounds are prepared by the procedure described in Preparation 2 starting from 11.85 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one, 34 g of pota~sium tert-butylate and 26 g of the compound obtalneid in the previous step. They are chromatographed on silica u~ing a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture (80/20; v/v) as the eluent.
The two isomers are separated into - the less polar isomer: compound of Preparation 16, m.p. = 173-C:
- the more polar isomer: compound of Preparation 17, m.p. = 186-C.
In addition, the benzenesulfonyl chlorides described in the Table below were prepared using the procedure desGribed in the general section.
''' `, ~ ,, ,' " ` ' . ''. . ~ ' ', ` ~' .` ' .
2 1 2 9 ~
S~2 ~ OC~3 YRV . '' . . . , __ , , .
Y RV M.p.-C :j~:
_ . ~ .
S CH3 85 ~:
OCH2Bz 95 OCH2CO2Et 89 O(CH?)~Br Starting from the various 1,3-dihydroindol-2~
S oneg described above and appropr~ate benzenequlfonyl chlorides, the compounds according to the invention were prepared using the procedures repor~ed in the Examples below.
EXAMPLES 1 and 2 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-~2-methoxy-4-(pyrrol~
yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one and 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-(~3-pyrrolln-1-yl) :~
benzenesulfonyl3-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesul-fonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneinaol-2-one A solutlon of 15 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dlhydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 150 ml of THF is ~ooled in an ice bath to a temperature between lO-C and 15-C. 2.4 -~
g of sodium hydride as a 60% dispersion in oil are added over 2 hours and 18 g of 2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl chloride are ~hen introduced in portions ;;~.. .,-~ 58 21292~
over 30 minutes. After stirring for 18 hours at RT, the suspension obtained is poured into an iced ~olution of sodlum chloride and then extracted with AcOEt. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated S to dryness and the residue is then crystallized from 200 ml of hot iso ether to give 23 g of the expected product.
M.p. = 160-C.
This compound is also obtained by following the procedure described below.
A'~ 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene-sulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexane$ndol-2-one A solution of 15 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 300 ml of THF is cooled to about -50-C and 7.2 g of pota~sium tert-butylate are IS added. The mixture is stirred, the temperature baing allowed to rise to about O-C, and then cooled to -50-C
and a solution of 16.2 g of 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride in THF is added. The mixture is stirred for 1 hour at RT, 100 ml of water are added and the golvent is evaporated off under vacuum.
The aqueous phase i9 extracted with DCM and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum to give the expected product after crystallization from hot iso ether.
The following nitro derivatives are prepared by the latter procedure startlng from the appropriate 1,3-dihydroindol-2-ones:
''' 59 212921'j ,~
:
~R4 ~, O Me N2 ~: .
. .. . . ,.
Rl CR3R4 M.p.-C or NMR : ~
_, -. ~
Cl-4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 169 EtO-4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 110 : :
F-4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 137 ~ ~.
CF34,4-dimethylcyclohexane -Cl- cycloheptane 137 EtO- cycloheptane 125 Cl-tetrahydropyran-4 212 . .~ ~:
Cl-tetrahydrothiopyran-4 116 EtO- 2~>/ 88 1~0- 1 \C~ 40 ElO ~ NMR~
*NMR spectrum at 200 MHz in DMSO
1. 3 ppm : t : 3H
5 1. 3-1. 5 ppm : mt : 6H --- 2~2921~
2.2 ppm : mt : 4H
3.7 ppm : s : 3 4.0 ppm : q : 2H
7.0 ppln : mt : 2H
5 7.6 ppm : d : lH
7.9 ppm : mt : 2H
5 7.6 ppm : d : lH
7.9 ppm : mt : 2H
8.2 ppm : d : lH -B) 1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A suspension containing 20 g o the compound obtained in the previous step, 20 g of iron powder, 70 ml of water and 70 ml of 96- alcohol is brought to the reflux poin~; a solution of 7 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid in 35 ml of water is added over 30 IS minutes. After 4 hours under reflux, 15 ml of sodium hydroxide solution are added and the mlxture is then extracted with DCM. The organic phase i~ filtered on C~liteR and then dried over sodium sulfate. The residue is crystalllzed from 100 ml of a hot iso ether/AcOEt mixture (80/20; v/v) to give 15.8 g of the expected product. M.p. = 177C.
This compound is also obtained by followlng the procedure described below.
B') 1-~4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-2S dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A solution of 0.5 g of the compound obtained in step A) in 10 ml of EtOH is cooled to about 5-C and 0.8 ml of concentrated HCl and 0.4 g of tin powder are added.
The mixture is heated at 40-C for 45 minutes and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is neutralized by the addition of NaOH, extracted with AcOEt, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered on CéliteR and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH
mixture (99J1; vtV) as the eluent to give the expected product.
2 1 2 9 2 1 ~
The following anilines are also prepared by the latter procedure~
R3 . : .
Rl~f~R4 ~1 N O
SO2 :
R1 CR3R4 M.p.-C
Cl- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 222 . -EtO- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 230 .
F- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 130 CF3- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane Cl- cycloheptane 184 EtC)- cycloheptane 12~
Cl- tetsahydropyran-4 æo -Cl- tetrahydrothiopyran-4 229 ::
EtO- \C'^`r ~ 241 ~ .
. I EtO- ~ 232 :; ~ ~
/ ' ~ ~
EtO- \C'/~,~ 189 : ~
, . -, , ~ ' S
,-~ 6~
212921'i ~
B'') The compound obtained in step B) above can also be prepared from the corresponding nltro derivative by hydrogenation in the presence of 10~ palladium-on-charcoal for 2 hours at 50-C under a pressure of 1 bar.
S C) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-(pyrrol-1-yl)-benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one and 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-( D3 -pyrrolin-l-yl)-benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture conta~ning 500 mg of the compound prepared in step B ), 10 ml of DMF, O . 3 g of sodium carbonate and 300 mg of cis-1,4-dichlorobut-2-ene is refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is poured into a water/ice mixture and then extracted with AcOEt and washed with water; the solvent is evaporated off and IS the residue obtained is then chromatographed on silica using a DCM/heptane mixture (95/5; v/v) and then pure DCM
as the eluent. 70 mg of the less polar product (compound of Example 1), m.p. 5 174-C, are collected, followed by 60 mg of the more polar product (compound of Example 2), m.p. ~ 170-C.
The compounds described in the Tables of steps A) and B) above can be used to prepare compounds according to the invention which are analogous to that obtained in step C).
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(pyrroli-dln-l-yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-splrocyclohexaneindol-2-one 45iO mg of the compound obtained $n Example 2 are placed in 25 ml of 95- EtOH and 25 ml of AcOEt, in the presence of I50 mg of 5% palladium-on-charcoal, and are hydrogenated for 4 hours at 35-C under a pressure of 40 bar. The catalyst $s iltered off and the f$1trate is evaporated to dryness. The expected pro duct crystallizes from iso ether. m = 110 mg. M.p. = 185-C.
2~ 2921~ ~ ~
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[4-(isoindolin-2-yl)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound S prepared in Example 1 step B), 10 ml of DMF, 0.5 ml of TEA and 310 mg of a, a~ -dibromoorthoxylene is refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction medium is poured into a water/ice mixture, extracted with AcOEt, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM and then DCM/ AcOEt (95/5; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product, which is crystallized from iso ether. m s 170 mg. M.p. -190C. : , EX~MPLE 5 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-((3-methyl-thien-2-yl)carboxamido)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound -prepared in Example 1 step B), 10 ml of DCM, 2 ml of pyridine and 250 mg of 3-methylthlophene-2-carboxyllc acid chloride is stirred for 3 hours at RT. The medium is washed with 1 N hydrochloric acid and then with water.
It is dried over sodium sulfate and then evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent. The expected product recrystallizes from i90 ether. m = 0.21 g. M.p. s 174-C.
l-t4-(N-Benzylcarbamoyl)-2-methoxybenzenesul-fonyl]-5-ethoxy-1~3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-oneA) Benzyl 3-methoxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-l-yl)sulfonyl]benzoate `~
1.4 g of sodium hydride are added in small portions to a solution of 11.8 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3- ~ `
dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 100 ml of THF.
After stirring for 30 minutes at RT, 17 g of benzyl 4-2~2921~
chlorosulfonyl-3~methoxybenzoate are added and stirrlng is maintained at RT for 1 hour. The reaction medium is poured into 400 ml of a water/alcohol mixture (50/50;
v/v)~ The precipitate formed is filtered of f, dried and S then recry~tallized from alcohol.
m = 22.65 g. M.p. = 135-C.
B) 3-Methaxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spiro-cyclohexaneindol-l-yl)sulfonyl]benzoic acid 2.5 g of 10% palladium-on-charcoal in oil are 10 added to a solution of 22.65 g o~ the benzyl ester prepared in the previous step in 600 ml of AcOEt and the mixture is then hydrogenated for 2 hours at 40-C under atmospheric pressure. The lnsoluble material is filtered off and the m~dium is then concentrated. The expected 15 product crystallizes from pentane.
m - 18.3 g. M.p. - 181-C.
C) 3-Methoxy~4-~(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spiro-cyclohexanelndol-l-yl)sulfonyl]benzoyl chloride A solution of 2.3 g of the above acid in 20 ml of 20 thionyl chloride iQ refluxed for 3 hours. The reactlon medium i8 concentrated to dryness and the product is used ?
in the crude form, as a solution in DCM, in the next step. ~-D) 1-[4-(N-Benzylcarbamoyl)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-splrocyclohexanelndol-2-one A mlxture containing 500 mg of the compound prepared ln the prevlous step and 200 mg of benzylamine ln 20 ml of DCM and 0.5 ml of TEA is stirred at RT for 30 minutes. It is washed with a 1 N colution of HCl, dried 30 over sodium ~ulfate and concentrated. The expected product crystallizes rom iso ether. ~-m = 440 mg. M.p. = 196-C. ;~
The compound of Example 6 does not belong to the compounds of formula (I) according to the invention, but 35 the intermediate obtained in step C) is used to prepare the compound of Example 8.
.
, . . . .
212921~ ~ ~
The procedure described in Example 6 step D) is also used, together with the appropriate amines, to prepare the compounds of Examples 44-54.
S 1-t4-(2-Carbamoylpyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-2- ~
methoxybenzene~ulfonyl]-5-chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro- ~ ;
cyclohexaneindol-2-one A) Phenyl 4-[(5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-l-yl)sulfonyl]-3-me*hoxybenzoate A mixture containing 1 g of 5-chloro-1,3-di- ~ -hydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one, 50 ml of THF and 115 mg of sodium hydride is stirred for 30 minutes at RT
under nitrogen. 1.5 g of 2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbo-nylbenzenesulfonyl chloride are introduced and stirring 15 i8 malntained for 20 hours at RT. The reaction medium is concentrated under vacuum and the residue i~ taken up with 30 ml of water and extracted with AcOEt. The organic phase is washed, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The product obtained i~ purified by 20 chromatography on silica using an iso etherJhexane ~ ;
mixture (40/60; v/v) as the eluent to give 1.4 g o~ the expected compound. M.p. = 165-C. ~
B) 1-[4-(2-Carbamoylpyrrolidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-methoxy- ~-benzenesulfonyl]-5-chloro-1,3-dlhydro-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one A mi~ture containing 300 mg of the compound prepared in the previous step, 500 mg of (L)-prolinamide hydrochloride, 1 ml of TEA and 20 ml of prehnltene is -refluxed ~or 1 hour. After cooling, ~he reaction medium 30 i9 taken up with AcOEt, washed with a 1 N solution of HCl and with water and *hen dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent to give 0.09 g of the expected product. M.p. = 142-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(2-methoxy-~ 66 2 1 2 9 2 1 ~
carbonylpyrrolidin-l-ylcarbonyl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 500 mg of the hydrochloride of the methyl ester of (L)-proline, 0.5 ml of TEA and 20 ml of DCM are added S to 500 mg of 3-methoxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro- 2~oxo-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-1-yl)sulfonyl]benzoyl chloride, prepared in Example 6 step C). After stirring for one hour at RT, the mixture is washed with 1 N HCl, dried and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent to give 300 m~ of the expected product, which is characterized by its MMR spectrum.
MMR at 200 MHz in DMSO (2.5 ppm).
1.25 ppm : t : 3H
1.3-2.35 ppm : m : 14H
3.1-3.7 ppm : m : 8H
3.8 ppm : q : 2H
4.35 ppm : mt : lH
6.7-B ppm : m : 6H
l-t4-(N'-Cyclopentylureido)-2-methoxybenzene-sulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one ~ ;
A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbox-amidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 2 g of 1-(4-amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro-cyclohexaneindol-2-one (prspared in Example 1 step B)), 3.6 ml of~ phenyl chloroformate and 120 ml of ether is cooled to a temperature below 5-C. 960 mg of ~odium hydroxide in 16 ml of water are added and the temperature is allowed to rise for 24 hours, with stirring. The preclpitate is filtered off and washed with water and then with ether. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent to give the expected product. M.p. = 181-C. .
212921~ :~
B) 1- r 4-(N'-Cyclopentylureido)~2-methoxybenzenesulfO-nyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 2 g of the compound prepared in the previous step are dissolved in 40 ml of 100- EtOH and 30 ml of DCM. 2 ml of cyclopentylamine are added and the mixture is stirred $or 18 hours at RT. The alcohol is evaporated off under vacuum and the residue is then chromatographed on silica using a DCM/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v) as the eluent to give 1.8 g of the expected product, wh$ch crystallizes from iso ether.
M.p. = 195-C.
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-[4-(N',N'-diethyl-ureido)~
2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl~-3-spiro-(tetrahydro-thiopyran-4-yl-1-oxide)lndol-2-one This is prepared in the same manner a~ in Example 9 (steps A) and B)).
A) 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl)indol-2-one, m.p. = 214-C, from 5-chloro-1,3-di-hydro-1-[4-amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro-(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl)indol-2-one, m.p. - 229-C
B) 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-t4-(~',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl-1-oxide)indol-2-one A mixture of 0.45 g of the compound prepared in step A) and 0.2 g of sodium periodate in 3 ml of methanol and 2 ml of water is stirred for 24 hours at RT. The precipitate is filtered off and the methanol is evaporated off from the filtrate under reduced pressure.
The re~ldue is extracted with DCM and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off. The residue is chromatographed on a silica column using a DCM/methanol mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent and 0O4 g of the expected product is isolated.
M.p. = 217-C.
' ~' ~68 21292~ ~
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1 [4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl-l,l-dioxyde)indol-2-one 5A mixture of 0.45 g of the compound of Example 10 and 0.5 ~ of metachloroperbenzoic acid in 10 ml of DCM i~
stirred at RT for 4 hours. 12 ml of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate are then added and the organic phase is decanted, washed with water, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is recrystallized from a mixture of cyclohexane and ethyl acetate (7/3, v/v) to give 0.35 g of the expected product. M.p. = 211-C.
151-[4-(N'-Cyclopentylthioureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one The compound obtained in Example 9 is placed in 50 ml of toluene in the pre~ence of 1.5 g of Lawesson's reagent. The mixture is refluxed for 24 hour~. The toluene ls driven off and the residue is then chromato graphed on silica using pure DCM and then a DCM/AcOEt mixture (ranging up to 90/10 v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product, which crystallizes from iso ether.
M.p. - 197-C.
1-[4-(3-(N-Boc-amino)azetidin-l-ylcarboxamido)-5-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-2-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro-cyclohexaneindol-2-one A) l-Benzhydryl-3-(N-Boc-amino)azetldine A mixture containing 5 g of 3-amino-1-benzhy-drylazetidine and 5 g of (Boc)20 in 130 ml of dioxane and 4 ml of T~A is stirred at RT for 2 hours. The dioxane is evaporated off and the residue is taken up with AcOEt and washed with water. It is dried over sodium sulfate and then evaporated to dryness. The expected product 212921~ -crystallizes from iso ether. m = 6 g.
B) 3-(N-Boc-amino)azetidine hydrochloride A mixture containing 6 g of the compound prepared in the previous step, 300 ml of 95- EtOH, 700 mg of S palladium hydroxide and 3 ml of concentratsd HCl $s prepared. It is hydrogenated for 2 hours at 35-40-C
under a pressure of 2 bar. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated to dryness. The expected product crystallizes from iso ether m = 3.4 g.
C) 1-[4-(3-(N-Boc-amino)azetidin-1-ylcarboxamido)-5-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-2-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-æplro cyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture contailning 500 mg of the compound prepared in Example 9 step A), 20 ml of 100- alcohol, 15 ml of DCM, 250 mg of the compound prepared in step B) and 0.5 ml of TEA is stlrred for 24 hours at RT. The solvents are evaporated off and the residue i8 then chromatographed on a silica column using a DCM/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v) as the eluent. The expected product crystalllzes from iso ether.
m - 200 mg. M.p. - 156-C.
1-[4-(N'-Carboxymethyl-N'-methylureldo)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-~piro-cyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound prepared in Example 9 step A), 20 ml of 100- EtOH, 15 ml of DCM, 1.5 g of sarcosine and 2 ml of triethylamine is prepared. After stirring for 24 hours at RT, the solvents are evaporated off, the residue is then taken up with hot AcOEt and the insoluble material is filtered off. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on silica using pure DCM
and then a DCM/MeOH mixture (85/15; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product, which i5 characterized by its ~:
2 1 2 9 2 1 j NMR spectrum at 200 MHz in DMSO (2.5 ppm):
1.3 ppm : t : 3H
1.4-2.1 ppm : m : lOH
2.95 ppm : s : 3H
3.5 ppm : s : 3H
3.9 ppm : s : 2H
4 ppm : q : 2H
6.7-7.9 ppm : m : 6H
9.45 ppm : bs : lH
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolin-3-yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one On heating at lOO-C for 24 hours under vacuum, the product obtained in the previous Example is cyclized to give 230 mg of the expected product.
M.p. - 200-C.
1-[4-(N',N'-Diethylthioureido)-2-methoxybenzene sulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxythio-carboxamidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound obtained in Example 9 step A), 900 mg of ;;
phenoxythiocarbonyl chloride, 30 ml of ether, 8 ml of ~ -water, 12~ mg of ~odium hydroxide and 20 ml of DCM is prepared. After stirring for 24 hours at RT, the solvents are evaporated off and the residue is then chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent. The expected product crystallizes from iso ether. ~
m = 140 mg. M.p. = 157-C. ~~;
B3 1-[4-(N',N'-Diethylthioureido)-2-methoxybenzene~
35 sulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol- -~
2-one ':.
~ 71 212921 :~
A mixture containing 140 mg of the compound prepared in step A), 20 ml of 100- EtOH, 5 ~l of DCM and 1 ml of diethylamine is stirred at RT for 18 hours~ The solvents are evaporated off and the residue is then chromatographed on a silica column using pure DCM and then a DCM/AcOEt mixture (up to 90/10; v/v) as the eluent. The expected product crys~allizes from iso ether. m = 105 mg. M.p. = 167-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-guanidino-benzenesulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound prepared in Example 1 step B), 125 mg of cyanamide, 7 ml of AcOEt, 1 ml of EtOH and 0.2 ml of a 20% solution of hydrochloric acid in EtOH is refluxed for 1 hour. The solvents are evaporated off and the resldue is then chromatographed on a silica column using DCM and then MeOH as the eluent. The product isolated solidifies in ether. A 2 N solution of NaHC03 is added and the base formed is then extracted with ~cOEt; the extract is evaporated to dryness and the expected product solldifies in iso ether. m = 0.055 g. M.p. = 235-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-~N-methyl-carbamoylmethoxy)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one A) Potassium 2-methoxy-4-(ethoxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl-sulfonate 10 g of ethyl (3-methoxyphenoxy)acetate and 30 ml of DCM are mixed at O-C and 7.5 ml of trimethyl-silylsulfonyl chloride in 30 ml of DCM are added over 20 minutes. The temperature is allowed to rise to RT, with stirring, 30 g of ice are added after 2 hours and the mixture is stirred again. After decantation, the aqueous phase is washed with ether, and potassium carbonate is added in a sufficient amount to bring the pH to 7. The ~, : : : -- -.. ~ . ~ :- :: ~ .
-~ 72 2292~ ~
white precipitate which forms i9 flltered off and then washed with acetone and ether to give 3.1 g of the expected product, which is characterized by its NMR
spectrum.
5 B ) 2-Methoxy-4-~ethoxycarbonylmethoxy)phenylsulfonyl chloride 3~1 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 30 ml of phosphorus oxychloride are refluxed for 3 hours. The medium is concentrated under vacuum and then taken up with ice. It is extracted with ethyl acetate, wathed with water, with N sodium hydroxide and then with water again, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The expected product crystallizes from iso ether. m = 2.5 g. M.p. - 89-C.
C) Ethyl 3-methoxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-o~o-3-spirocyclohexanelndol-l-yl)sulfonyl]phenoxyacetate A mixture containing 0.5 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one, 5 ml of THF and 60 mg of sodium hydride is prepared. After ~tirring for 15 minutes at 15-C, 0.66 g of the compound prepared in the previous step is added. Stirring is maintained for 15 minutes and the medlum is then concentrated under vacuum.
It i~ extracted with ether and washed with water and the expected product i~ the~ crystallized from iYo ether.
m - 0.85 g. M.p. - 160-C.
D) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-~N-methyl-carbamoylmethoxy)benzenesul~onyl]-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one A mixture containing 0.5 g of the compound prepared in the previous step, lS ml of a 33% solution of methylamine in MeOH and 15 ml of EtOH i~ stirred for 4 days at RT. It ts concentrated under vacuum and the residue is then chromatographed on silica. The column ls washed with DCM and then eluted with AcOEt to give the expected product. m ~ 0.1 gO M.p. = 192-195-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-(2-methylallyl)amino)benzenesulfonyl~-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(N-methylamino)-benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 2 g of the compound prepared in Example 1 step B), cooled in an ice bath to lO-C, are dissolved in 6 ml of a 37~ aqueous solution of formaldehyde and 40 ml of acetonitrile. 1.7 g of 85~ pure sodium cyanoboro-hydride and then 0.5 ml of acetic acid are added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 24 hours. The acetonitrile is evaporated off and the residue is taken up with water and AcOEt. The organic phzse is decanted, dried and then chromatographed twice in succession on sillca using a DCM/heptane mixture (85/15; v/v), then pure DCM and flnally a DCM/AcOEt mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected compound. m = 0.36 g. M.p. ~ 157~C.
B) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-(2-methylallyl)amino)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound obtained in the previous step, 10 ml of DMF, 0.5 ml of diethylam~ne and 0.5 ml of 3-chloro-2-methylpropene is refluxed for lO hours. The reaction medium is poured into a water/ice mixture and then extracted with AcOEt, washed with wat~r and chromatographed on sllica using DCM
as the eluent~ The expected compound crystallizes from pentane. m = 190 mg. M.p. = 118-C.
212921~
The compounds (I) according to the invention described in Table 3 below were pr~pared by following the procedures described in the previous Examples.
R1 ~ R4 N o :' SO2.
~,,OCH3 R6 ' . . . .
Example R1 CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C :
.
Cl-cyclohexane I~\ 179 (a) I~N--21 EtO-4,4-dimethyl ~\ 167 (a) cyclohexane ¦~,N
.. ..~ ~.
22 Cl-cyclohexane EtOCOCH2NHCONH- 167 (b) , .~' I _, ., . , ,, ~
2 1 2 .9 2 1 ~
TABLE 3 ( continuation ) E~ample Rl CA11c~ R6 1 19C ~:
23 Cl -cyclohexane A 139 (b) ,~N{~ONH- . ~-Me 24 EtO-cyclohexane r\ 150 ~ -(c) L~N ~ONH -EtO-cyclohexane A 197 (c) Me -N N{~ONH- ~ ~:
\
26 EtO-cyclohexane Me O N C O N H - 177 (c) Me 27 EtO-cyclohexane MeNH(CH2)2NCNH- 170 (c) Mehydrochloride : -monohydrate 28 EtO-cyclohexane H O N CO N H -185 (c) Me 29 EtO-cyclohexane HOCH2CH2NCONH- 128 (c) Me EtO-cyclohexane ~ 139 (C) N-CONH -31 EtO-cyclohexane A 210 (c) _ ~N~ONH - .
~ 76 212921~j :
TABLE 3 ( continuation ) , ~ __ Example R1 C~3R4 R6 M.p.-C ~ ~
32 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 190 :
(c) O~ N~ONH-33 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 212 (c) S N {~ON H -34 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 179 (c) ~N~ONH--'~- . ' .
EtO-cyclohexane ~ 146 (c) Me ~ N{~ONH-3~5 EtO-cyclohexane ~Me 198 ~:
(c) /~
~N_coN~ . ~:
~le ;
37 EtO-cyclohexane 208 :
(c) MCN(~H2)2NcoNH hydrochlotide Me Et monohydrate 38 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 195 ..
(C) Ph~ N{~ONH- ., ' ~:
1 i , ,:
39 EtO-cyclohexane MeN((~H2)2NCONH- 200 ~:
(c) . . M: M- fumarate : ~:
212921~
TABLE 3 ( continuation ) _. _ .~ .
Examplc R1 CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C :;
.
EtO-cyclohexane ~ N 159 (c) \~ (CH2)2NCONH . ~:
Me 41 Cl-4,4-dimethyl- S 179 (d) cyclohexane Et 2N CN H -42 EtO-4,4-dimethyl- S 146 (d) cyclohexane Et 2N CN H -44 EtO-cyclohexane _ O 189 (e) ~ CH2NHCO-EtO-cyclohexaneCF3CH2NHCO- 210 (e) 46 EtO- cyclohexane ~\ 196 (e) L~NHCO-47 EtO- eyelohexane A 1SS
(e) ~NHCO-48 EtO- eyclohexane r\ 204 (e) L~N--NH CO -'~ ' ' ' ' ' " : ' ' ' ~: ', : ' ' ' 212~215 TABLE 3 ( continuation ) . - _~ _ Examplc R1 CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C ~:
_ _ 4g EtO-cyelohexane ~I\ 143 (e) ~ :~
EtO-eyelohexaneEtO(CH2)2NHCO- 166 (e) :
51 EtO-eyelohexaneH~NCO(:H2NHCO- 245 (e) . . .
52 EtO-eyclohexaneEt2N-COCH2NHCO- 161 : ~
(e) ~ :
53 EtO-eyclohexane(Et2N-cocH2)2Nco- 141 (~) ' -' .
54 EtO- eyelohexane NC-C(Me)2NHCO- 198 (e) :
EtO- cyelohexane Et2NC(NH~NH- 137 (f) hydrochlnride 56 hemihydrate (g) Cl- (CH2)2o ~l CH30-- 136 : - :
, \/¢ ~ ~.'~'.
. . , (CU21201~oJ , _, ___ . : ~
~ 79 2129215 -~ ~
TABLE 3 (continuation) - ~
_ __ _ : , Examplc R1CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C
.
57(1) EtO- \ r ~ 88 ~C ~ OCH2 Et~NCONH-58(1) EtO- / 3 Et2NcoNH- 130 (a) This compound is prepared by the procedure S described in EXAMPLE 2 step C), the reaction being ca~ried out under an inert atmosphere using triethylamine as the base.
(b) This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B~ using the appropriate amino derivatives or nitrogen heterocycle~.
(c) ThIs compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step B) using the appropriate amino derivatives or nitrogen heterocycles.
15(d) ~his compound is prepared by the procedures descrlbed in EXAMPLE 16 step A) and then step B).
(e) This compound is prepared by the procedure descrlbed in EXAMPLE 6 step D) using the appropriate amines.j 20(f) This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 17 using N,N-diethylcyanamide.
(g) This compound i5 prepared ~y the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A) using 2,4-dlmethoxy-benzenesulfonyl chloride and the appropriate indol-2-one.
, 2~292~
(h) This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 68 starting from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 57 (mixture of isomers).
(1) mixture of isomers -5-Ethoxy-1-~4-(N'~N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-oxocyclohexane)-indol-2-one 0.25 hydrate A mixture of 0.3 g of the compound obtalned in EXAMPLE 68, O . 3 g of pyridinium chlorochromate and 1.5 ml of DCM is stirred for 16 hours at RT. 10 ml of water are added to the reaction mixture, the DCM is evaporated off under vacuum, the residue is extracted with AcOEt and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is concentrated under vacuum. ~he residue is chromatographed on silica usi~g a DCM/MeOH mixture :-(98/2, v/v) as the eluent to give 0.26 g of the expected product. M.p. = lOO-C. -~
5-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-~D3-pyr-rolin-l-yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(4,4-dimethylcyclo-hexane)indol-2-one This compound i5 prepared by the procedure :~
de~cribed in EXAMPLE 2 step C), the reaction belng carrled out under an inert atmosphere using triethylamine as the base. : -5-Chloro-3,3-dihydroxyethyl-1,3-dihydro-1-(2,4- ~;
dlmethoxybenzenesulfonyl)indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the method described in J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3772. 0.037 g of pyridinium toluenesulfonate in 12 ml of ethanol is added to 0.92 g of the compound of Example 56 described in Table 3 above, and the mixture ls heated at about 55-C for 3 hours. The solvent is evaporated off under ;. .
21292~ '~3 reduced pressure and the residue is chromatographed on a silica column using DCM as the eluent. The expected product is isolated and crystallized from a hot cyclohexane/ethyl acetate mixture (50/50, v/v). M.p. =
166-C.
EXAMPLES 62 and 63 5-Ethoxy-1,3 dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl)-3-spiro[4-(methoxymethoxy)cyclohexane]-indol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar isomer These compounds are prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A') starting from 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro~4-(meth~xymethoxy)cyclohexane]-~ ndol-2-one. They are chromatographed on silica uslng a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v) as the eluent.
The two isomers are separated into - the less polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
62, m.p. = 127-C;
- the more polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
63, m.p. = 118-C.
EXAMPLES 64 and 65 1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(methoxymethoxy)cyclohexane]-indol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar isomer These compounds are prepared by the procsdure described in EXAMPLE 1 step B'') starting from the mixture of compounds obtained in EXAMPLES 62 and 63 before chromato~raphy. They are chromatographed on silica using a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v~ as the eluent. The two isomers are separated into - the less polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
64, m.p. 3 103-C;
- the more polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
65, m.p. = lll-C.
.. . ~. . : . : , , 2129~15 : ~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-( N ', N ' -diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl~-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(methoxy-methoxy)-cyclohexane]indol-2-one, the less polar isomer S This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) start~ng from the compound obtained ln EX~MPLE 64 and using diethylamine in the 2nd step. The expected product is obtained after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/ AcOEt mixture. M.p. = 160-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(~',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3 spiro[4-(methoxymeth-oxy)cycloh~xane]indol-2-one, the more polar isomer This compound iR prepared by the procedure describsd in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) startlng from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 65 and using diethylamine in ~he 2nd step. The expected product is obtained after recrystall~zation from a cyclohexane/ AcOEt mixture. M.p. = 137-C~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N 7 -diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3~dihydro-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one monohydrate, the less polar isomer~ ~
A solutlon of 2.2 g of the compound obtained in ~-;
EXAMPLE 66 in 6 ml of MeOH and 1.2 ml of concentrated HCl is heated at 50-C for 30 minutes. 10 ml of water are added to the reaction mixture, extraction is carried out with AcOEt, the extract is dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue ls chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (90/10; v/v) as the eluent to give 1.9 g of the expected product after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture.
M.p. = 138-C.
~ 83 2~29215 5-Ethoxy-l-t4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclo-he~ane)indol-2-one monohydrate, the more polar isomer S This compound ls prepared by the procedure deQcribed in EXAMPLE 68 starting from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 67. The expected product is obtained after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/AcOEt mix ture. M.p. = 144-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A') starting from the more polar isomer of 5-etho~y-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxy-cyclohexane)indol-2-one lcompound of Preparation 17).
The expected product is obtained. M.p. = 141-C.
EXAMPLE 71 : :
1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer Thi~ compound is prepared by the procedure descrlbed in EXAMPLE 1 step B'') starting from the 25 compound obtained in EXAMPLE 70. M.p. = 199-C.
5-Ethosy-1-[4-~N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dlhydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the less polar isomer ~ :
A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro~ methoxy-4-nitrobenzene-sulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one, the less polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A') starting from the compound obtained in Preparation 16 (the less polar isomer).
_~ 84 - :
2~2921-5 (4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)~5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro~4-methoxycyclohexane)lndol-2-one, the less polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure S described in EXAMPLE 1 step B' ' ) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step.
C) 5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido~-2-methoxyben- :
zenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the less polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step and using diethylamine. M.p. = 118-C. .: :~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3~spiro(4-methoxycyclo~
hexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer This compound is prepared hy the procedure de~cribed in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) starting from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 71 and uslng diethylamine in ~he 2nd step. The expected product is obtained after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/ AcOEt mixture. M.p. = 164-C. - .
EXAMPLE 74 :
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxyayclohexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer A mixture of 2.2 g of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 63 and 1.2 ml of concentrated HCl in 6 ml of 30 MeOH is heated at 50-C for 1 hour. 10 ml of water are added to the reaction mixture and the precipitate formed is filtered off, washed with water and dried -:
under vacuum at 50-C to give 1.3 g of the expected product. M.p. = 135-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',~'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy- -21292~ 5 benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nltrobenzene sulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one S A solution of 0.25 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxy-cyclohexane)indol-2-one (prepared by the procedure described in EXA~PLE 74 starting from the mixture of isomers obtained in EXAMPLES 62 and 63 before chromatography), 0.6 ml of 2,6-di-tert-butylpyrldine and 0.37 ml of ethyl trlfluoromethanesulfonate in DCM
is stirred for 6 hours at 40'C. 5 ml of 5 N HCl are added to the reaction mixture, extraction is carried out with AcOEt, the organic phase is washed three time~
wlth 0.5 N HCl and with a saturated solution of NaCl and dried over ~agne~ium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum to give 0.5 g of the expected product in the form of an oil, which is used as such in the next step.
B) 1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3 dlhydro-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step B') by chemical reduction of the compound obtained in the previous step. It is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (99/1; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product.
M.p. = 110-C.
C) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbox-! ~ 'I amidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclohexane)~
indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step. This gives the expected product, which is used as such in the next step.
D) 5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-,^~ 86 - ~12921~
benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step ~) starting from the S compound obtained in the previous step and diethylamine. The expected product is obtained. M.p. i~
= 121-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyeth-oxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene-sulfonyl)-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)cyclohexane]-indol-2-one A mixture of 0.2 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro~
(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxy-cyclohexane)indol-2-one, 2 g of 1-iodo-2-methoxyethane, 0.9 ml of 2,6-di-tzrt-butylpyrldine and 2.15 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate in 17 ml of CC14 and 8 ml of DCM is stirred for 24 hours at RT. 100 ml of 0.1 N HCl are added to the reaction mixture, the solvents are evaporated off under vacuum, the residue is extracted with AcOEt and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum.
The resldue is chromatographed on silica using cyclohexane as the eluent to give 0.36 g of the expected product, which is used as such in the next step.
I B) 1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one Thl~ compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step 8') by reduction of the compound obtained in the previous step. The expected product is obtained. M.p. = 118-C.
C) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbox-~ 87 212921~ ~
amidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-cyclohexane]indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) starting from the S compound obtained in the previous step. This gives the expected product, which is used as such in the next step.
D) 5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N' ,N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro r 4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step B) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step and diethylamine. The expected product is obtained.
M.p. ~ 98-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy- ~
benzenesulfonyl~-1,3-dihydro~3-spiro(4-n-propoxycyclo- ~ - ;
hexane)indol-2-one -This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 76 step A) starting from 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-$2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclohexane)indol-2-one and l-iodopro-pane in benzene, and then steps B), C~ and D). The expected product is obtained. M.p. 8 115-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-isopr~poxycyclo-I hexane)indol-2-one hemihydrate This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 76 step A) starting from 5-eth-oxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclohexane~indol-2-one and 2-iodopro- -pane ln benzene, and then steps B), C) and D). The expected product is obtained. M.p. = 130-C.
~ ..
^~ 88 2~2~21~
~ :
EXAMPLE 79 .
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-dlethylureido)-2-methoxy-ben~enesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-tert-butoxy-ethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one S This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 76 step A) starting from 5-eth-oxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclohexane)indol-2-one and 1-iodo-2-tert-butoxyethane, and then steps B), C) and D). The ~ ~ ~
10 expected product is obtained. M.p. = 103-C. ~-EXAMPLE 80 . .
5-Ethoxy-l-t4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-hydro~y-ethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one ;~
A mlxture of 0.35 g of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 79 and 4 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 15 ml of DCM is stirred for 2 hours at RT. 40 ml of a saturated solution of NaHC03 are added, the mixture is decanted, the organic phase is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (90/10, v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product. M.p. - lO9-C. ; -~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-formyloxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer A mixture of 0.25 ~ of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 69, 0.18 g of cesium carbonate, 0.45 ml of dimethyl sulfate and 12 ml of DMF is heated at 40'C for 12 hours. 10 ml of water are addsd, the reaction mix ture is extracted with AcO~t, the organic phase is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent to give 0.2 g of the expected product after ~ 89 21292~ ~ ~
recrystallization from a cyclohexane/AcOEt mlxture.
M.p. = 155^C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-S benzen~sulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-acetoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer A mixture of 3 g of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 69, 0.75 g of 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 3 ml of acetic anhydride and 5 ml of DCM is heated at 40-C for -~
5 hours. Water is added to the reaction mixture, ex traction is carried out with DCM, the extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatograp~ed on silica using a DCM/cyclohexane mixture as the eluent to give the expected product after recrystallization from iso ether. M.p. = 140-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2,4-dlmethoxybenzene-sulfonyl) 3-spiro(8,9-dihydroxytricyclo[5.2.1.02~6]-decan-4-yl)indol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzenesul-fonyl)-3-spiro(8,9-epoxytr~cyclo[5.2.1.02,6~decan-4-yl)indol-2-one A mixture of 0.3 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro- 1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(~ricyclo-[5.2.1.02,6~deo-8-en-4-yl)indol-2-one and 0.2 g of metachloroperbenzoic acid in 20 ml of DCM i5 stirred for 3 hours at RT. 15 ml of a saturated solution of I NaHC03 are added, the mixture is decanted, extraction is carried out with DCM, the extract is dried over mag nesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica usin~
DCM as the eluent to give 0.25 g of the expected product after recrystallization from an acetone/DCM
35 mixture. M.p. = 263-C. ~ -B) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzenesul-: - ~.:
~ 9o ~ :
2~2921~ -fonyl)-3-spiro(8,9-dihydroxytricyclo[5.2.1.02~6~decan~
4-yl)indol-2-one A mixture of 0.2 g of the compound obtained in the previous step, 20 ml of water, 2 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid and 20 ml of THF is refluxed for 8 hours.
The reaction mixture is neutralized ~y the addition of :
a saturated solution of NaHC03, the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum, the residue is extracted with DCM and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCMtMeOH mixture (99/1; v/v) as the eluent to give 0.17 g of the expected product. M.p. = 150-C.
: ' . ,:~
.
,~
~.
' ~:
~ .~
-.
, ' . ' . , ', ' ' ' ' ; .' . :", . .~ ' ' ' , ' . . ''.
This compound is also obtained by followlng the procedure described below.
B') 1-~4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-2S dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A solution of 0.5 g of the compound obtained in step A) in 10 ml of EtOH is cooled to about 5-C and 0.8 ml of concentrated HCl and 0.4 g of tin powder are added.
The mixture is heated at 40-C for 45 minutes and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is neutralized by the addition of NaOH, extracted with AcOEt, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered on CéliteR and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH
mixture (99J1; vtV) as the eluent to give the expected product.
2 1 2 9 2 1 ~
The following anilines are also prepared by the latter procedure~
R3 . : .
Rl~f~R4 ~1 N O
SO2 :
R1 CR3R4 M.p.-C
Cl- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 222 . -EtO- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 230 .
F- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane 130 CF3- 4,4-dimethylcyclohexane Cl- cycloheptane 184 EtC)- cycloheptane 12~
Cl- tetsahydropyran-4 æo -Cl- tetrahydrothiopyran-4 229 ::
EtO- \C'^`r ~ 241 ~ .
. I EtO- ~ 232 :; ~ ~
/ ' ~ ~
EtO- \C'/~,~ 189 : ~
, . -, , ~ ' S
,-~ 6~
212921'i ~
B'') The compound obtained in step B) above can also be prepared from the corresponding nltro derivative by hydrogenation in the presence of 10~ palladium-on-charcoal for 2 hours at 50-C under a pressure of 1 bar.
S C) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-(pyrrol-1-yl)-benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one and 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-( D3 -pyrrolin-l-yl)-benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture conta~ning 500 mg of the compound prepared in step B ), 10 ml of DMF, O . 3 g of sodium carbonate and 300 mg of cis-1,4-dichlorobut-2-ene is refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is poured into a water/ice mixture and then extracted with AcOEt and washed with water; the solvent is evaporated off and IS the residue obtained is then chromatographed on silica using a DCM/heptane mixture (95/5; v/v) and then pure DCM
as the eluent. 70 mg of the less polar product (compound of Example 1), m.p. 5 174-C, are collected, followed by 60 mg of the more polar product (compound of Example 2), m.p. ~ 170-C.
The compounds described in the Tables of steps A) and B) above can be used to prepare compounds according to the invention which are analogous to that obtained in step C).
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(pyrroli-dln-l-yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-splrocyclohexaneindol-2-one 45iO mg of the compound obtained $n Example 2 are placed in 25 ml of 95- EtOH and 25 ml of AcOEt, in the presence of I50 mg of 5% palladium-on-charcoal, and are hydrogenated for 4 hours at 35-C under a pressure of 40 bar. The catalyst $s iltered off and the f$1trate is evaporated to dryness. The expected pro duct crystallizes from iso ether. m = 110 mg. M.p. = 185-C.
2~ 2921~ ~ ~
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[4-(isoindolin-2-yl)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound S prepared in Example 1 step B), 10 ml of DMF, 0.5 ml of TEA and 310 mg of a, a~ -dibromoorthoxylene is refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction medium is poured into a water/ice mixture, extracted with AcOEt, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM and then DCM/ AcOEt (95/5; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product, which is crystallized from iso ether. m s 170 mg. M.p. -190C. : , EX~MPLE 5 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-((3-methyl-thien-2-yl)carboxamido)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound -prepared in Example 1 step B), 10 ml of DCM, 2 ml of pyridine and 250 mg of 3-methylthlophene-2-carboxyllc acid chloride is stirred for 3 hours at RT. The medium is washed with 1 N hydrochloric acid and then with water.
It is dried over sodium sulfate and then evaporated to dryness. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent. The expected product recrystallizes from i90 ether. m = 0.21 g. M.p. s 174-C.
l-t4-(N-Benzylcarbamoyl)-2-methoxybenzenesul-fonyl]-5-ethoxy-1~3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-oneA) Benzyl 3-methoxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-l-yl)sulfonyl]benzoate `~
1.4 g of sodium hydride are added in small portions to a solution of 11.8 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3- ~ `
dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one in 100 ml of THF.
After stirring for 30 minutes at RT, 17 g of benzyl 4-2~2921~
chlorosulfonyl-3~methoxybenzoate are added and stirrlng is maintained at RT for 1 hour. The reaction medium is poured into 400 ml of a water/alcohol mixture (50/50;
v/v)~ The precipitate formed is filtered of f, dried and S then recry~tallized from alcohol.
m = 22.65 g. M.p. = 135-C.
B) 3-Methaxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spiro-cyclohexaneindol-l-yl)sulfonyl]benzoic acid 2.5 g of 10% palladium-on-charcoal in oil are 10 added to a solution of 22.65 g o~ the benzyl ester prepared in the previous step in 600 ml of AcOEt and the mixture is then hydrogenated for 2 hours at 40-C under atmospheric pressure. The lnsoluble material is filtered off and the m~dium is then concentrated. The expected 15 product crystallizes from pentane.
m - 18.3 g. M.p. - 181-C.
C) 3-Methoxy~4-~(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spiro-cyclohexanelndol-l-yl)sulfonyl]benzoyl chloride A solution of 2.3 g of the above acid in 20 ml of 20 thionyl chloride iQ refluxed for 3 hours. The reactlon medium i8 concentrated to dryness and the product is used ?
in the crude form, as a solution in DCM, in the next step. ~-D) 1-[4-(N-Benzylcarbamoyl)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-splrocyclohexanelndol-2-one A mlxture containing 500 mg of the compound prepared ln the prevlous step and 200 mg of benzylamine ln 20 ml of DCM and 0.5 ml of TEA is stirred at RT for 30 minutes. It is washed with a 1 N colution of HCl, dried 30 over sodium ~ulfate and concentrated. The expected product crystallizes rom iso ether. ~-m = 440 mg. M.p. = 196-C. ;~
The compound of Example 6 does not belong to the compounds of formula (I) according to the invention, but 35 the intermediate obtained in step C) is used to prepare the compound of Example 8.
.
, . . . .
212921~ ~ ~
The procedure described in Example 6 step D) is also used, together with the appropriate amines, to prepare the compounds of Examples 44-54.
S 1-t4-(2-Carbamoylpyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-2- ~
methoxybenzene~ulfonyl]-5-chloro-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro- ~ ;
cyclohexaneindol-2-one A) Phenyl 4-[(5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-l-yl)sulfonyl]-3-me*hoxybenzoate A mixture containing 1 g of 5-chloro-1,3-di- ~ -hydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one, 50 ml of THF and 115 mg of sodium hydride is stirred for 30 minutes at RT
under nitrogen. 1.5 g of 2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbo-nylbenzenesulfonyl chloride are introduced and stirring 15 i8 malntained for 20 hours at RT. The reaction medium is concentrated under vacuum and the residue i~ taken up with 30 ml of water and extracted with AcOEt. The organic phase is washed, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The product obtained i~ purified by 20 chromatography on silica using an iso etherJhexane ~ ;
mixture (40/60; v/v) as the eluent to give 1.4 g o~ the expected compound. M.p. = 165-C. ~
B) 1-[4-(2-Carbamoylpyrrolidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-methoxy- ~-benzenesulfonyl]-5-chloro-1,3-dlhydro-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one A mi~ture containing 300 mg of the compound prepared in the previous step, 500 mg of (L)-prolinamide hydrochloride, 1 ml of TEA and 20 ml of prehnltene is -refluxed ~or 1 hour. After cooling, ~he reaction medium 30 i9 taken up with AcOEt, washed with a 1 N solution of HCl and with water and *hen dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent to give 0.09 g of the expected product. M.p. = 142-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(2-methoxy-~ 66 2 1 2 9 2 1 ~
carbonylpyrrolidin-l-ylcarbonyl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 500 mg of the hydrochloride of the methyl ester of (L)-proline, 0.5 ml of TEA and 20 ml of DCM are added S to 500 mg of 3-methoxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro- 2~oxo-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-1-yl)sulfonyl]benzoyl chloride, prepared in Example 6 step C). After stirring for one hour at RT, the mixture is washed with 1 N HCl, dried and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent to give 300 m~ of the expected product, which is characterized by its MMR spectrum.
MMR at 200 MHz in DMSO (2.5 ppm).
1.25 ppm : t : 3H
1.3-2.35 ppm : m : 14H
3.1-3.7 ppm : m : 8H
3.8 ppm : q : 2H
4.35 ppm : mt : lH
6.7-B ppm : m : 6H
l-t4-(N'-Cyclopentylureido)-2-methoxybenzene-sulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one ~ ;
A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbox-amidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 2 g of 1-(4-amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro-cyclohexaneindol-2-one (prspared in Example 1 step B)), 3.6 ml of~ phenyl chloroformate and 120 ml of ether is cooled to a temperature below 5-C. 960 mg of ~odium hydroxide in 16 ml of water are added and the temperature is allowed to rise for 24 hours, with stirring. The preclpitate is filtered off and washed with water and then with ether. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent to give the expected product. M.p. = 181-C. .
212921~ :~
B) 1- r 4-(N'-Cyclopentylureido)~2-methoxybenzenesulfO-nyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 2 g of the compound prepared in the previous step are dissolved in 40 ml of 100- EtOH and 30 ml of DCM. 2 ml of cyclopentylamine are added and the mixture is stirred $or 18 hours at RT. The alcohol is evaporated off under vacuum and the residue is then chromatographed on silica using a DCM/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v) as the eluent to give 1.8 g of the expected product, wh$ch crystallizes from iso ether.
M.p. = 195-C.
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-[4-(N',N'-diethyl-ureido)~
2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl~-3-spiro-(tetrahydro-thiopyran-4-yl-1-oxide)lndol-2-one This is prepared in the same manner a~ in Example 9 (steps A) and B)).
A) 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl)indol-2-one, m.p. = 214-C, from 5-chloro-1,3-di-hydro-1-[4-amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro-(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl)indol-2-one, m.p. - 229-C
B) 5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1-t4-(~',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl-1-oxide)indol-2-one A mixture of 0.45 g of the compound prepared in step A) and 0.2 g of sodium periodate in 3 ml of methanol and 2 ml of water is stirred for 24 hours at RT. The precipitate is filtered off and the methanol is evaporated off from the filtrate under reduced pressure.
The re~ldue is extracted with DCM and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off. The residue is chromatographed on a silica column using a DCM/methanol mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent and 0O4 g of the expected product is isolated.
M.p. = 217-C.
' ~' ~68 21292~ ~
5-Chloro-1,3-dihydro-1 [4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl-l,l-dioxyde)indol-2-one 5A mixture of 0.45 g of the compound of Example 10 and 0.5 ~ of metachloroperbenzoic acid in 10 ml of DCM i~
stirred at RT for 4 hours. 12 ml of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate are then added and the organic phase is decanted, washed with water, dried and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is recrystallized from a mixture of cyclohexane and ethyl acetate (7/3, v/v) to give 0.35 g of the expected product. M.p. = 211-C.
151-[4-(N'-Cyclopentylthioureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one The compound obtained in Example 9 is placed in 50 ml of toluene in the pre~ence of 1.5 g of Lawesson's reagent. The mixture is refluxed for 24 hour~. The toluene ls driven off and the residue is then chromato graphed on silica using pure DCM and then a DCM/AcOEt mixture (ranging up to 90/10 v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product, which crystallizes from iso ether.
M.p. - 197-C.
1-[4-(3-(N-Boc-amino)azetidin-l-ylcarboxamido)-5-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-2-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro-cyclohexaneindol-2-one A) l-Benzhydryl-3-(N-Boc-amino)azetldine A mixture containing 5 g of 3-amino-1-benzhy-drylazetidine and 5 g of (Boc)20 in 130 ml of dioxane and 4 ml of T~A is stirred at RT for 2 hours. The dioxane is evaporated off and the residue is taken up with AcOEt and washed with water. It is dried over sodium sulfate and then evaporated to dryness. The expected product 212921~ -crystallizes from iso ether. m = 6 g.
B) 3-(N-Boc-amino)azetidine hydrochloride A mixture containing 6 g of the compound prepared in the previous step, 300 ml of 95- EtOH, 700 mg of S palladium hydroxide and 3 ml of concentratsd HCl $s prepared. It is hydrogenated for 2 hours at 35-40-C
under a pressure of 2 bar. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated to dryness. The expected product crystallizes from iso ether m = 3.4 g.
C) 1-[4-(3-(N-Boc-amino)azetidin-1-ylcarboxamido)-5-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-2-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-æplro cyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture contailning 500 mg of the compound prepared in Example 9 step A), 20 ml of 100- alcohol, 15 ml of DCM, 250 mg of the compound prepared in step B) and 0.5 ml of TEA is stlrred for 24 hours at RT. The solvents are evaporated off and the residue i8 then chromatographed on a silica column using a DCM/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v) as the eluent. The expected product crystalllzes from iso ether.
m - 200 mg. M.p. - 156-C.
1-[4-(N'-Carboxymethyl-N'-methylureldo)-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-~piro-cyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound prepared in Example 9 step A), 20 ml of 100- EtOH, 15 ml of DCM, 1.5 g of sarcosine and 2 ml of triethylamine is prepared. After stirring for 24 hours at RT, the solvents are evaporated off, the residue is then taken up with hot AcOEt and the insoluble material is filtered off. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness and the residue is then chromatographed on silica using pure DCM
and then a DCM/MeOH mixture (85/15; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product, which i5 characterized by its ~:
2 1 2 9 2 1 j NMR spectrum at 200 MHz in DMSO (2.5 ppm):
1.3 ppm : t : 3H
1.4-2.1 ppm : m : lOH
2.95 ppm : s : 3H
3.5 ppm : s : 3H
3.9 ppm : s : 2H
4 ppm : q : 2H
6.7-7.9 ppm : m : 6H
9.45 ppm : bs : lH
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(1-methyl-2,4-dioxoimidazolin-3-yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one On heating at lOO-C for 24 hours under vacuum, the product obtained in the previous Example is cyclized to give 230 mg of the expected product.
M.p. - 200-C.
1-[4-(N',N'-Diethylthioureido)-2-methoxybenzene sulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxythio-carboxamidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound obtained in Example 9 step A), 900 mg of ;;
phenoxythiocarbonyl chloride, 30 ml of ether, 8 ml of ~ -water, 12~ mg of ~odium hydroxide and 20 ml of DCM is prepared. After stirring for 24 hours at RT, the solvents are evaporated off and the residue is then chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent. The expected product crystallizes from iso ether. ~
m = 140 mg. M.p. = 157-C. ~~;
B3 1-[4-(N',N'-Diethylthioureido)-2-methoxybenzene~
35 sulfonyl]-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol- -~
2-one ':.
~ 71 212921 :~
A mixture containing 140 mg of the compound prepared in step A), 20 ml of 100- EtOH, 5 ~l of DCM and 1 ml of diethylamine is stirred at RT for 18 hours~ The solvents are evaporated off and the residue is then chromatographed on a silica column using pure DCM and then a DCM/AcOEt mixture (up to 90/10; v/v) as the eluent. The expected product crys~allizes from iso ether. m = 105 mg. M.p. = 167-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-guanidino-benzenesulfonyl)-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound prepared in Example 1 step B), 125 mg of cyanamide, 7 ml of AcOEt, 1 ml of EtOH and 0.2 ml of a 20% solution of hydrochloric acid in EtOH is refluxed for 1 hour. The solvents are evaporated off and the resldue is then chromatographed on a silica column using DCM and then MeOH as the eluent. The product isolated solidifies in ether. A 2 N solution of NaHC03 is added and the base formed is then extracted with ~cOEt; the extract is evaporated to dryness and the expected product solldifies in iso ether. m = 0.055 g. M.p. = 235-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-~N-methyl-carbamoylmethoxy)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one A) Potassium 2-methoxy-4-(ethoxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl-sulfonate 10 g of ethyl (3-methoxyphenoxy)acetate and 30 ml of DCM are mixed at O-C and 7.5 ml of trimethyl-silylsulfonyl chloride in 30 ml of DCM are added over 20 minutes. The temperature is allowed to rise to RT, with stirring, 30 g of ice are added after 2 hours and the mixture is stirred again. After decantation, the aqueous phase is washed with ether, and potassium carbonate is added in a sufficient amount to bring the pH to 7. The ~, : : : -- -.. ~ . ~ :- :: ~ .
-~ 72 2292~ ~
white precipitate which forms i9 flltered off and then washed with acetone and ether to give 3.1 g of the expected product, which is characterized by its NMR
spectrum.
5 B ) 2-Methoxy-4-~ethoxycarbonylmethoxy)phenylsulfonyl chloride 3~1 g of the compound obtained in the previous step in 30 ml of phosphorus oxychloride are refluxed for 3 hours. The medium is concentrated under vacuum and then taken up with ice. It is extracted with ethyl acetate, wathed with water, with N sodium hydroxide and then with water again, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The expected product crystallizes from iso ether. m = 2.5 g. M.p. - 89-C.
C) Ethyl 3-methoxy-4-[(5-ethoxy-2,3-dihydro-2-o~o-3-spirocyclohexanelndol-l-yl)sulfonyl]phenoxyacetate A mixture containing 0.5 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one, 5 ml of THF and 60 mg of sodium hydride is prepared. After ~tirring for 15 minutes at 15-C, 0.66 g of the compound prepared in the previous step is added. Stirring is maintained for 15 minutes and the medlum is then concentrated under vacuum.
It i~ extracted with ether and washed with water and the expected product i~ the~ crystallized from iYo ether.
m - 0.85 g. M.p. - 160-C.
D) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-~N-methyl-carbamoylmethoxy)benzenesul~onyl]-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one A mixture containing 0.5 g of the compound prepared in the previous step, lS ml of a 33% solution of methylamine in MeOH and 15 ml of EtOH i~ stirred for 4 days at RT. It ts concentrated under vacuum and the residue is then chromatographed on silica. The column ls washed with DCM and then eluted with AcOEt to give the expected product. m ~ 0.1 gO M.p. = 192-195-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-(2-methylallyl)amino)benzenesulfonyl~-3-spirocyclo-hexaneindol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-[2-methoxy-4-(N-methylamino)-benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexaneindol-2-one 2 g of the compound prepared in Example 1 step B), cooled in an ice bath to lO-C, are dissolved in 6 ml of a 37~ aqueous solution of formaldehyde and 40 ml of acetonitrile. 1.7 g of 85~ pure sodium cyanoboro-hydride and then 0.5 ml of acetic acid are added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 24 hours. The acetonitrile is evaporated off and the residue is taken up with water and AcOEt. The organic phzse is decanted, dried and then chromatographed twice in succession on sillca using a DCM/heptane mixture (85/15; v/v), then pure DCM and flnally a DCM/AcOEt mixture (98/2; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected compound. m = 0.36 g. M.p. ~ 157~C.
B) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N-(2-methylallyl)amino)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spirocyclohexane-indol-2-one A mixture containing 500 mg of the compound obtained in the previous step, 10 ml of DMF, 0.5 ml of diethylam~ne and 0.5 ml of 3-chloro-2-methylpropene is refluxed for lO hours. The reaction medium is poured into a water/ice mixture and then extracted with AcOEt, washed with wat~r and chromatographed on sllica using DCM
as the eluent~ The expected compound crystallizes from pentane. m = 190 mg. M.p. = 118-C.
212921~
The compounds (I) according to the invention described in Table 3 below were pr~pared by following the procedures described in the previous Examples.
R1 ~ R4 N o :' SO2.
~,,OCH3 R6 ' . . . .
Example R1 CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C :
.
Cl-cyclohexane I~\ 179 (a) I~N--21 EtO-4,4-dimethyl ~\ 167 (a) cyclohexane ¦~,N
.. ..~ ~.
22 Cl-cyclohexane EtOCOCH2NHCONH- 167 (b) , .~' I _, ., . , ,, ~
2 1 2 .9 2 1 ~
TABLE 3 ( continuation ) E~ample Rl CA11c~ R6 1 19C ~:
23 Cl -cyclohexane A 139 (b) ,~N{~ONH- . ~-Me 24 EtO-cyclohexane r\ 150 ~ -(c) L~N ~ONH -EtO-cyclohexane A 197 (c) Me -N N{~ONH- ~ ~:
\
26 EtO-cyclohexane Me O N C O N H - 177 (c) Me 27 EtO-cyclohexane MeNH(CH2)2NCNH- 170 (c) Mehydrochloride : -monohydrate 28 EtO-cyclohexane H O N CO N H -185 (c) Me 29 EtO-cyclohexane HOCH2CH2NCONH- 128 (c) Me EtO-cyclohexane ~ 139 (C) N-CONH -31 EtO-cyclohexane A 210 (c) _ ~N~ONH - .
~ 76 212921~j :
TABLE 3 ( continuation ) , ~ __ Example R1 C~3R4 R6 M.p.-C ~ ~
32 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 190 :
(c) O~ N~ONH-33 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 212 (c) S N {~ON H -34 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 179 (c) ~N~ONH--'~- . ' .
EtO-cyclohexane ~ 146 (c) Me ~ N{~ONH-3~5 EtO-cyclohexane ~Me 198 ~:
(c) /~
~N_coN~ . ~:
~le ;
37 EtO-cyclohexane 208 :
(c) MCN(~H2)2NcoNH hydrochlotide Me Et monohydrate 38 EtO-cyclohexane / \ 195 ..
(C) Ph~ N{~ONH- ., ' ~:
1 i , ,:
39 EtO-cyclohexane MeN((~H2)2NCONH- 200 ~:
(c) . . M: M- fumarate : ~:
212921~
TABLE 3 ( continuation ) _. _ .~ .
Examplc R1 CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C :;
.
EtO-cyclohexane ~ N 159 (c) \~ (CH2)2NCONH . ~:
Me 41 Cl-4,4-dimethyl- S 179 (d) cyclohexane Et 2N CN H -42 EtO-4,4-dimethyl- S 146 (d) cyclohexane Et 2N CN H -44 EtO-cyclohexane _ O 189 (e) ~ CH2NHCO-EtO-cyclohexaneCF3CH2NHCO- 210 (e) 46 EtO- cyclohexane ~\ 196 (e) L~NHCO-47 EtO- eyelohexane A 1SS
(e) ~NHCO-48 EtO- eyclohexane r\ 204 (e) L~N--NH CO -'~ ' ' ' ' ' " : ' ' ' ~: ', : ' ' ' 212~215 TABLE 3 ( continuation ) . - _~ _ Examplc R1 CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C ~:
_ _ 4g EtO-cyelohexane ~I\ 143 (e) ~ :~
EtO-eyelohexaneEtO(CH2)2NHCO- 166 (e) :
51 EtO-eyelohexaneH~NCO(:H2NHCO- 245 (e) . . .
52 EtO-eyclohexaneEt2N-COCH2NHCO- 161 : ~
(e) ~ :
53 EtO-eyclohexane(Et2N-cocH2)2Nco- 141 (~) ' -' .
54 EtO- eyelohexane NC-C(Me)2NHCO- 198 (e) :
EtO- cyelohexane Et2NC(NH~NH- 137 (f) hydrochlnride 56 hemihydrate (g) Cl- (CH2)2o ~l CH30-- 136 : - :
, \/¢ ~ ~.'~'.
. . , (CU21201~oJ , _, ___ . : ~
~ 79 2129215 -~ ~
TABLE 3 (continuation) - ~
_ __ _ : , Examplc R1CR3R4 R6 M.p.-C
.
57(1) EtO- \ r ~ 88 ~C ~ OCH2 Et~NCONH-58(1) EtO- / 3 Et2NcoNH- 130 (a) This compound is prepared by the procedure S described in EXAMPLE 2 step C), the reaction being ca~ried out under an inert atmosphere using triethylamine as the base.
(b) This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B~ using the appropriate amino derivatives or nitrogen heterocycle~.
(c) ThIs compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step B) using the appropriate amino derivatives or nitrogen heterocycles.
15(d) ~his compound is prepared by the procedures descrlbed in EXAMPLE 16 step A) and then step B).
(e) This compound is prepared by the procedure descrlbed in EXAMPLE 6 step D) using the appropriate amines.j 20(f) This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 17 using N,N-diethylcyanamide.
(g) This compound i5 prepared ~y the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A) using 2,4-dlmethoxy-benzenesulfonyl chloride and the appropriate indol-2-one.
, 2~292~
(h) This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 68 starting from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 57 (mixture of isomers).
(1) mixture of isomers -5-Ethoxy-1-~4-(N'~N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-oxocyclohexane)-indol-2-one 0.25 hydrate A mixture of 0.3 g of the compound obtalned in EXAMPLE 68, O . 3 g of pyridinium chlorochromate and 1.5 ml of DCM is stirred for 16 hours at RT. 10 ml of water are added to the reaction mixture, the DCM is evaporated off under vacuum, the residue is extracted with AcOEt and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is concentrated under vacuum. ~he residue is chromatographed on silica usi~g a DCM/MeOH mixture :-(98/2, v/v) as the eluent to give 0.26 g of the expected product. M.p. = lOO-C. -~
5-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-1-t2-methoxy-4-~D3-pyr-rolin-l-yl)benzenesulfonyl]-3-spiro(4,4-dimethylcyclo-hexane)indol-2-one This compound i5 prepared by the procedure :~
de~cribed in EXAMPLE 2 step C), the reaction belng carrled out under an inert atmosphere using triethylamine as the base. : -5-Chloro-3,3-dihydroxyethyl-1,3-dihydro-1-(2,4- ~;
dlmethoxybenzenesulfonyl)indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the method described in J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3772. 0.037 g of pyridinium toluenesulfonate in 12 ml of ethanol is added to 0.92 g of the compound of Example 56 described in Table 3 above, and the mixture ls heated at about 55-C for 3 hours. The solvent is evaporated off under ;. .
21292~ '~3 reduced pressure and the residue is chromatographed on a silica column using DCM as the eluent. The expected product is isolated and crystallized from a hot cyclohexane/ethyl acetate mixture (50/50, v/v). M.p. =
166-C.
EXAMPLES 62 and 63 5-Ethoxy-1,3 dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl)-3-spiro[4-(methoxymethoxy)cyclohexane]-indol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar isomer These compounds are prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A') starting from 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro~4-(meth~xymethoxy)cyclohexane]-~ ndol-2-one. They are chromatographed on silica uslng a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v) as the eluent.
The two isomers are separated into - the less polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
62, m.p. = 127-C;
- the more polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
63, m.p. = 118-C.
EXAMPLES 64 and 65 1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(methoxymethoxy)cyclohexane]-indol-2-one, the less polar isomer and the more polar isomer These compounds are prepared by the procsdure described in EXAMPLE 1 step B'') starting from the mixture of compounds obtained in EXAMPLES 62 and 63 before chromato~raphy. They are chromatographed on silica using a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture (95/5; v/v~ as the eluent. The two isomers are separated into - the less polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
64, m.p. 3 103-C;
- the more polar isomer: compound of EXAMPLE
65, m.p. = lll-C.
.. . ~. . : . : , , 2129~15 : ~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-( N ', N ' -diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl~-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(methoxy-methoxy)-cyclohexane]indol-2-one, the less polar isomer S This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) start~ng from the compound obtained ln EX~MPLE 64 and using diethylamine in the 2nd step. The expected product is obtained after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/ AcOEt mixture. M.p. = 160-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(~',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3 spiro[4-(methoxymeth-oxy)cycloh~xane]indol-2-one, the more polar isomer This compound iR prepared by the procedure describsd in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) startlng from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 65 and using diethylamine in ~he 2nd step. The expected product is obtained after recrystall~zation from a cyclohexane/ AcOEt mixture. M.p. = 137-C~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N 7 -diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3~dihydro-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one monohydrate, the less polar isomer~ ~
A solutlon of 2.2 g of the compound obtained in ~-;
EXAMPLE 66 in 6 ml of MeOH and 1.2 ml of concentrated HCl is heated at 50-C for 30 minutes. 10 ml of water are added to the reaction mixture, extraction is carried out with AcOEt, the extract is dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue ls chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (90/10; v/v) as the eluent to give 1.9 g of the expected product after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/AcOEt mixture.
M.p. = 138-C.
~ 83 2~29215 5-Ethoxy-l-t4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclo-he~ane)indol-2-one monohydrate, the more polar isomer S This compound ls prepared by the procedure deQcribed in EXAMPLE 68 starting from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 67. The expected product is obtained after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/AcOEt mix ture. M.p. = 144-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A') starting from the more polar isomer of 5-etho~y-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxy-cyclohexane)indol-2-one lcompound of Preparation 17).
The expected product is obtained. M.p. = 141-C.
EXAMPLE 71 : :
1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer Thi~ compound is prepared by the procedure descrlbed in EXAMPLE 1 step B'') starting from the 25 compound obtained in EXAMPLE 70. M.p. = 199-C.
5-Ethosy-1-[4-~N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dlhydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the less polar isomer ~ :
A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro~ methoxy-4-nitrobenzene-sulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one, the less polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step A') starting from the compound obtained in Preparation 16 (the less polar isomer).
_~ 84 - :
2~2921-5 (4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)~5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro~4-methoxycyclohexane)lndol-2-one, the less polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure S described in EXAMPLE 1 step B' ' ) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step.
C) 5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido~-2-methoxyben- :
zenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-methoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the less polar isomer This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step and using diethylamine. M.p. = 118-C. .: :~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3~spiro(4-methoxycyclo~
hexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer This compound is prepared hy the procedure de~cribed in EXAMPLE 9 step A) and then step B) starting from the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 71 and uslng diethylamine in ~he 2nd step. The expected product is obtained after recrystallization from a cyclohexane/ AcOEt mixture. M.p. = 164-C. - .
EXAMPLE 74 :
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitroben-zenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxyayclohexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer A mixture of 2.2 g of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 63 and 1.2 ml of concentrated HCl in 6 ml of 30 MeOH is heated at 50-C for 1 hour. 10 ml of water are added to the reaction mixture and the precipitate formed is filtered off, washed with water and dried -:
under vacuum at 50-C to give 1.3 g of the expected product. M.p. = 135-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',~'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy- -21292~ 5 benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nltrobenzene sulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one S A solution of 0.25 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxy-cyclohexane)indol-2-one (prepared by the procedure described in EXA~PLE 74 starting from the mixture of isomers obtained in EXAMPLES 62 and 63 before chromatography), 0.6 ml of 2,6-di-tert-butylpyrldine and 0.37 ml of ethyl trlfluoromethanesulfonate in DCM
is stirred for 6 hours at 40'C. 5 ml of 5 N HCl are added to the reaction mixture, extraction is carried out with AcOEt, the organic phase is washed three time~
wlth 0.5 N HCl and with a saturated solution of NaCl and dried over ~agne~ium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum to give 0.5 g of the expected product in the form of an oil, which is used as such in the next step.
B) 1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3 dlhydro-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclohexane)indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step B') by chemical reduction of the compound obtained in the previous step. It is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (99/1; v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product.
M.p. = 110-C.
C) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbox-! ~ 'I amidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclohexane)~
indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step. This gives the expected product, which is used as such in the next step.
D) 5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-,^~ 86 - ~12921~
benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-ethoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step ~) starting from the S compound obtained in the previous step and diethylamine. The expected product is obtained. M.p. i~
= 121-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyeth-oxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzene-sulfonyl)-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)cyclohexane]-indol-2-one A mixture of 0.2 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro~
(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxy-cyclohexane)indol-2-one, 2 g of 1-iodo-2-methoxyethane, 0.9 ml of 2,6-di-tzrt-butylpyrldine and 2.15 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate in 17 ml of CC14 and 8 ml of DCM is stirred for 24 hours at RT. 100 ml of 0.1 N HCl are added to the reaction mixture, the solvents are evaporated off under vacuum, the residue is extracted with AcOEt and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum.
The resldue is chromatographed on silica using cyclohexane as the eluent to give 0.36 g of the expected product, which is used as such in the next step.
I B) 1-(4-Amino-2-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one Thl~ compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 1 step 8') by reduction of the compound obtained in the previous step. The expected product is obtained. M.p. = 118-C.
C) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-phenoxycarbox-~ 87 212921~ ~
amidobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-cyclohexane]indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step A) starting from the S compound obtained in the previous step. This gives the expected product, which is used as such in the next step.
D) 5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N' ,N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro r 4-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one This compound is prepared by the procedure described in EXAMPLE 9 step B) starting from the compound obtained in the previous step and diethylamine. The expected product is obtained.
M.p. ~ 98-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy- ~
benzenesulfonyl~-1,3-dihydro~3-spiro(4-n-propoxycyclo- ~ - ;
hexane)indol-2-one -This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 76 step A) starting from 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-$2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclohexane)indol-2-one and l-iodopro-pane in benzene, and then steps B), C~ and D). The expected product is obtained. M.p. 8 115-C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-isopr~poxycyclo-I hexane)indol-2-one hemihydrate This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 76 step A) starting from 5-eth-oxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclohexane~indol-2-one and 2-iodopro- -pane ln benzene, and then steps B), C) and D). The expected product is obtained. M.p. = 130-C.
~ ..
^~ 88 2~2~21~
~ :
EXAMPLE 79 .
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-dlethylureido)-2-methoxy-ben~enesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-tert-butoxy-ethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one S This compound is prepared by the procedures described in EXAMPLE 76 step A) starting from 5-eth-oxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(4-hydroxycyclohexane)indol-2-one and 1-iodo-2-tert-butoxyethane, and then steps B), C) and D). The ~ ~ ~
10 expected product is obtained. M.p. = 103-C. ~-EXAMPLE 80 . .
5-Ethoxy-l-t4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro[4-(2-hydro~y-ethoxy)cyclohexane]indol-2-one ;~
A mlxture of 0.35 g of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 79 and 4 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 15 ml of DCM is stirred for 2 hours at RT. 40 ml of a saturated solution of NaHC03 are added, the mixture is decanted, the organic phase is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCM/MeOH mixture (90/10, v/v) as the eluent to give the expected product. M.p. - lO9-C. ; -~
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-formyloxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer A mixture of 0.25 ~ of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 69, 0.18 g of cesium carbonate, 0.45 ml of dimethyl sulfate and 12 ml of DMF is heated at 40'C for 12 hours. 10 ml of water are addsd, the reaction mix ture is extracted with AcO~t, the organic phase is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using DCM as the eluent to give 0.2 g of the expected product after ~ 89 21292~ ~ ~
recrystallization from a cyclohexane/AcOEt mlxture.
M.p. = 155^C.
5-Ethoxy-1-[4-(N',N'-diethylureido)-2-methoxy-S benzen~sulfonyl]-1,3-dihydro-3-spiro(4-acetoxycyclo-hexane)indol-2-one, the more polar isomer A mixture of 3 g of the compound obtained in EXAMPLE 69, 0.75 g of 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 3 ml of acetic anhydride and 5 ml of DCM is heated at 40-C for -~
5 hours. Water is added to the reaction mixture, ex traction is carried out with DCM, the extract is washed with water and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatograp~ed on silica using a DCM/cyclohexane mixture as the eluent to give the expected product after recrystallization from iso ether. M.p. = 140-C.
5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2,4-dlmethoxybenzene-sulfonyl) 3-spiro(8,9-dihydroxytricyclo[5.2.1.02~6]-decan-4-yl)indol-2-one A) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzenesul-fonyl)-3-spiro(8,9-epoxytr~cyclo[5.2.1.02,6~decan-4-yl)indol-2-one A mixture of 0.3 g of 5-ethoxy-1,3-dihydro- 1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl)-3-spiro(~ricyclo-[5.2.1.02,6~deo-8-en-4-yl)indol-2-one and 0.2 g of metachloroperbenzoic acid in 20 ml of DCM i5 stirred for 3 hours at RT. 15 ml of a saturated solution of I NaHC03 are added, the mixture is decanted, extraction is carried out with DCM, the extract is dried over mag nesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica usin~
DCM as the eluent to give 0.25 g of the expected product after recrystallization from an acetone/DCM
35 mixture. M.p. = 263-C. ~ -B) 5-Ethoxy-1,3-dihydro-1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzenesul-: - ~.:
~ 9o ~ :
2~2921~ -fonyl)-3-spiro(8,9-dihydroxytricyclo[5.2.1.02~6~decan~
4-yl)indol-2-one A mixture of 0.2 g of the compound obtained in the previous step, 20 ml of water, 2 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid and 20 ml of THF is refluxed for 8 hours.
The reaction mixture is neutralized ~y the addition of :
a saturated solution of NaHC03, the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum, the residue is extracted with DCM and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent is evaporated off under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed on silica using a DCMtMeOH mixture (99/1; v/v) as the eluent to give 0.17 g of the expected product. M.p. = 150-C.
: ' . ,:~
.
,~
~.
' ~:
~ .~
-.
, ' . ' . , ', ' ' ' ' ; .' . :", . .~ ' ' ' , ' . . ''.
Claims (11)
1. A compound of the formula (I) in which - R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen; a hydroxyl; an .omega.-halogeno-C1-C7-alkoxy; a halogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; a polyhalogeno-C1-C7-alkoxy; an .omega.-hydroxy-C2-C7-alkoxy;
an .omega.-methoxyalkoxy in which the alkyl is C2-C7; an .omega.-amino-C2-C7-alkoxy which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a C3-C7-cycloalkoxy; a cycloalkylmethoxy in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a phenoxy, a benzyloxy; a C1-C7-alkylthio; a phenylthio;
a nitro; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a cyano; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy; a formyloxy; a C1-C7-alkylsulfonamido; a phenylsulfonamido; a benzylsulfonamido; a C1-C7-alkylamido; a C1- C7-alkoxycarbonylamino; a ureido which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1-C7-alkyls; or a thioureido which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R3 and R4 are each independently a C1-C7-alkyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a cycloalkylmethyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; or an .omega.-hydroxy-C2-C7-alkyl in which the hydroxyl is free or substituted by a group selected from C1-C4-alkyl groups, (C1-C5) alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, phenylalkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkoxy is C1-C2 and the alkyl is C1-C4, and tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl groups;
or - R3 and R4 together form a group -(CH2)pX(CH2)q-;
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups, by an oxo group, by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two hydroxyls which are free or substituted by a group selected from C1-C4-alkyl groups, (C1-C5)alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1- C4, .omega.-hydroxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1- C4, triphenylmethoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, phenylalkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkoxy is C1-C2 and the alkyl is C1-C4, and tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, formyl and (C1-C7)alkylcarbonyl groups;
- R5 and R6 are each independently a hydrogen; a halogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a cyano; a nitro; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a hydroxyamino; a hydroxyl; a carboxyl; a guanidino which is unsubstituted or mono substituted or disubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a phenyl or a benzyl; a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycarbonyl; a carbamoyl substituted by groups R'6 and R''6; a thiocarbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a group -SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a phenylsulfonamido; a benzylsulfonamido; a group -COR'7; a group -NR8R9; or a group -CO-NH- CR10R'10-COR12; if appropriate, the phenyl group forming part of the substituent R5 and/or R6 can be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a C1-C7-alkoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy or an imidazolyl;
- R'6 and R''6 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7- alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogens or R'''6; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a (C1-C4)alkyl; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4-yl; a methylpiperidin-4-yl or a pyrrolidin-1-yl; or R'6 and R''6, with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino group substituted by a hydroxymethyl or by a carbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a carbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls or in which the two substituents, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino, a piperidino or a perhydroazepino; a cyano; a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; an adamantyl; or a heterocyclic radical selected from pyridyl, methylpyridyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, methylthienyl, pyrrolidino, piperidino and perhydroazepino groups;
- R7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C7-alkenyl; an .omega.-halogeno-C2-C7-alkyl; a polyhalogeno-C1-C7-alkyl; an .omega.-hydroxy-C2- C7-alkyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; an .omega.- carboxy-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; an .omega.-amino-C2-C7-alkyl in which the amino group is free, substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion; or an .omega.-carbamoyl-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R'7 is a piperazin-1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R''7; a piperidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R'''7; an azetidin- 1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7; or a pyrrolidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a group R''''7;
- R''7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (C1-C6)-alkylcarbonyl; or a formyl;
- R'''7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R''''7 is R'''7; or a carboxyl group which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R8 and R9 are each independently a hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a benzyl; or a phenyl; R9 can also be a C3-C8-alkene; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a (C1-C6) alkylthiocarbonyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbonyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; an .omega.-amino(C2-C6) alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-hydroxy(Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-benzyloxy(C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a phenoxythiocarbonyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridylcarbonyl; a methylpyridylcarbonyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a phenacetyl; a group -CO-CR10R'10- NR11R'11; a group -CR10R'10COR12; a group -(CH2)tCO R12; a group -CO(CH2)t-COR12; a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R14 and R'14;
a thiocarbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R14 and R'14; or a heterocyclic radical selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl and thiazolyl groups;
or - R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form hydantoin; N-methylhydantoin; or a heterocycle selected from pyrrol-1-yl, .DELTA.3- pyrrolin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl and isoindolin-2-yl in which the benzene ring can be unsubstituted or substituted by a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoro methyl or a methoxy;
- R10 and R'10 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; or a benzyl; or R10 and R'10, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, form a C3-C7-cycloalkyl;
- R11 and R'11 are each independently hydrogen; or a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R12 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R13 is hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or 2 C1-C7-alkyls;
- R14 and R'14 are each independently a C1-C7-alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R15; a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R'15; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; or an adamantyl;
or - R14 and R'14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a heterocycle selected from morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and perhydroazepine, said heterocycle being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more methyl groups, by a phenyl or by an amino group which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R15 is a phenyl; a pyridyl; a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; or a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R'15 is a hydroxyl or an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyl;
- m is 1 or, if R6 is a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl or a C1-C7-alkoxy, m can also be 2, 3 or 4, or else (R6)m can be m substituents having different meanings selected from halogen, C1-C7-alkyl and C1-C7-alkoxy;
- p and q are each an integer, it being possible for their sum to vary from 3 to 6;
- t is an integer which can vary from 2 to 5;
- t' is an integer which can vary from 0 to 3;
- X is oxygen; a group S(O)n; a group NR13; or a group N(O)R13; and - n is 0, 1 or 2;
with the limitation that if - R1 and R2 are as defined above with the exception of the ureido group substituted by a benzyl group, or the thioureido group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1- C4-alkyls;
- R3 and R4 are each independently a C1-C6-alkyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; or a cycloalkyl-methyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7;
or - R3 and R4 together form a group -(CH2)pX(CH2)q- in which X is oxygen, sulfur or a group NR13;
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C10 hydrocarbon ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups or by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl;
- R5 and R6 are other than a hydrogen; a halogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a cyano; a nitro; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1- C7-alkyls; a hydroxyamino; a hydroxyl; a carboxyl; a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycarbonyl; a carbamoyl substituted by groups R'6 and R''6; a thiocarbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a group -SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a group -COR'7; a group -NR8R9; or a group -CO-NH-CH(R10)-COR12, it being possible, if appropriate, for the phenyl group forming part of the substituent R5 and/or R6 to be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a methoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a C1-C6-alkylcarbonyloxy; a formyloxy or an imidazolyl;
in which groups R5 and/or R6;
- R'6 and R''6 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7- alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R'''6; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4- yl; or a methylpiperidin-4-yl;
- R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a cyano; a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; or an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C4-alkenyl; an .omega.-halogeno-C2-C7-alkyl; a polyhalogeno-C1-C7-alkyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcar bonyl; a formyl; an .omega.-carboxy-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C4-alkyl or a benzyl; or an .omega.-amino-C2-C7-alkyl in which the amino group is free, substituted by one or two C1-C4-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion;
- R'7 is a piperazin-1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R''7; a piperidino group which is unsubstituted or substi tuted in the 4-position by a group R'''7; an azetidin- 1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7;
- R''7 is a C1-C4-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; or a (C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl;
- R'''7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R8 and R9 are each independently a hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; or a benzyl; R9 can also be a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbo nyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; an .omega.-amino(C2-C3)alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-hydroxy(C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-benzyloxy(C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbo nyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridylcarbonyl; a methyl pyridylcarbonyl; a C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a group -CO-CH(R10)-NR11R'11; a group -CH(R10)CO2R11; a group -(CH2)t''COR12; a group -CO(CH2)t''COR12; or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl or one or two C1-C4-alkyls;
- t'' is an integer which can vary from 1 to 3;
- R10 is hydrogen; a C1-C4-alkyl; or a benzyl;
- R11 and R'11 are each independently hydrogen; or a C1-C4-alkyl;
- R12 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C4-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two C1-C4-alkyls; and - R13 is hydrogen a C1-C4-alkyl; a phenyl a benzyl; a (C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or 2 C1-C4-alkyls;
and its salts where appropriate.
an .omega.-methoxyalkoxy in which the alkyl is C2-C7; an .omega.-amino-C2-C7-alkoxy which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a C3-C7-cycloalkoxy; a cycloalkylmethoxy in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a phenoxy, a benzyloxy; a C1-C7-alkylthio; a phenylthio;
a nitro; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a cyano; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy; a formyloxy; a C1-C7-alkylsulfonamido; a phenylsulfonamido; a benzylsulfonamido; a C1-C7-alkylamido; a C1- C7-alkoxycarbonylamino; a ureido which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1-C7-alkyls; or a thioureido which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R3 and R4 are each independently a C1-C7-alkyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a cycloalkylmethyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; or an .omega.-hydroxy-C2-C7-alkyl in which the hydroxyl is free or substituted by a group selected from C1-C4-alkyl groups, (C1-C5) alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, phenylalkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkoxy is C1-C2 and the alkyl is C1-C4, and tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl groups;
or - R3 and R4 together form a group -(CH2)pX(CH2)q-;
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups, by an oxo group, by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two hydroxyls which are free or substituted by a group selected from C1-C4-alkyl groups, (C1-C5)alkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1- C4, .omega.-hydroxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1- C4, triphenylmethoxyalkyl groups in which the alkyl is C1-C4, phenylalkoxyalkyl groups in which the alkoxy is C1-C2 and the alkyl is C1-C4, and tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, formyl and (C1-C7)alkylcarbonyl groups;
- R5 and R6 are each independently a hydrogen; a halogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a cyano; a nitro; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a hydroxyamino; a hydroxyl; a carboxyl; a guanidino which is unsubstituted or mono substituted or disubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a phenyl or a benzyl; a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycarbonyl; a carbamoyl substituted by groups R'6 and R''6; a thiocarbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a group -SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a phenylsulfonamido; a benzylsulfonamido; a group -COR'7; a group -NR8R9; or a group -CO-NH- CR10R'10-COR12; if appropriate, the phenyl group forming part of the substituent R5 and/or R6 can be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a C1-C7-alkoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyloxy or an imidazolyl;
- R'6 and R''6 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7- alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogens or R'''6; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a (C1-C4)alkyl; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4-yl; a methylpiperidin-4-yl or a pyrrolidin-1-yl; or R'6 and R''6, with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino group substituted by a hydroxymethyl or by a carbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a carbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls or in which the two substituents, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a pyrrolidino, a piperidino or a perhydroazepino; a cyano; a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; an adamantyl; or a heterocyclic radical selected from pyridyl, methylpyridyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, methylthienyl, pyrrolidino, piperidino and perhydroazepino groups;
- R7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C7-alkenyl; an .omega.-halogeno-C2-C7-alkyl; a polyhalogeno-C1-C7-alkyl; an .omega.-hydroxy-C2- C7-alkyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; an .omega.- carboxy-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; an .omega.-amino-C2-C7-alkyl in which the amino group is free, substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion; or an .omega.-carbamoyl-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R'7 is a piperazin-1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R''7; a piperidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R'''7; an azetidin- 1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7; or a pyrrolidino group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a group R''''7;
- R''7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (C1-C6)-alkylcarbonyl; or a formyl;
- R'''7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R''''7 is R'''7; or a carboxyl group which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R8 and R9 are each independently a hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a benzyl; or a phenyl; R9 can also be a C3-C8-alkene; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a (C1-C6) alkylthiocarbonyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbonyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; an .omega.-amino(C2-C6) alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-hydroxy(Cl-C6)alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-benzyloxy(C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a phenoxythiocarbonyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridylcarbonyl; a methylpyridylcarbonyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a phenacetyl; a group -CO-CR10R'10- NR11R'11; a group -CR10R'10COR12; a group -(CH2)tCO R12; a group -CO(CH2)t-COR12; a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R14 and R'14;
a thiocarbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R14 and R'14; or a heterocyclic radical selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl and thiazolyl groups;
or - R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form hydantoin; N-methylhydantoin; or a heterocycle selected from pyrrol-1-yl, .DELTA.3- pyrrolin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl and isoindolin-2-yl in which the benzene ring can be unsubstituted or substituted by a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoro methyl or a methoxy;
- R10 and R'10 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; or a benzyl; or R10 and R'10, together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded, form a C3-C7-cycloalkyl;
- R11 and R'11 are each independently hydrogen; or a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R12 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R13 is hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or 2 C1-C7-alkyls;
- R14 and R'14 are each independently a C1-C7-alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R15; a phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R'15; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; or an adamantyl;
or - R14 and R'14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a heterocycle selected from morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and perhydroazepine, said heterocycle being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more methyl groups, by a phenyl or by an amino group which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R15 is a phenyl; a pyridyl; a hydroxyl; a C1-C7-alkoxy; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; or a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl;
- R'15 is a hydroxyl or an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyl;
- m is 1 or, if R6 is a halogen, a C1-C7-alkyl or a C1-C7-alkoxy, m can also be 2, 3 or 4, or else (R6)m can be m substituents having different meanings selected from halogen, C1-C7-alkyl and C1-C7-alkoxy;
- p and q are each an integer, it being possible for their sum to vary from 3 to 6;
- t is an integer which can vary from 2 to 5;
- t' is an integer which can vary from 0 to 3;
- X is oxygen; a group S(O)n; a group NR13; or a group N(O)R13; and - n is 0, 1 or 2;
with the limitation that if - R1 and R2 are as defined above with the exception of the ureido group substituted by a benzyl group, or the thioureido group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl, a benzyl or one or two C1- C4-alkyls;
- R3 and R4 are each independently a C1-C6-alkyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; or a cycloalkyl-methyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7;
or - R3 and R4 together form a group -(CH2)pX(CH2)q- in which X is oxygen, sulfur or a group NR13;
or - R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form an optionally fused, saturated or unsaturated C3-C10 hydrocarbon ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more C1-C7-alkyl groups or by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl;
- R5 and R6 are other than a hydrogen; a halogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a trifluoromethyl; a cyano; a nitro; an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1- C7-alkyls; a hydroxyamino; a hydroxyl; a carboxyl; a group -OR7; a group -SR7; a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C7-alkoxycarbonyl; a phenoxycarbonyl; a benzyloxycarbonyl; a carbamoyl substituted by groups R'6 and R''6; a thiocarbamoyl which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls; a sulfamoyl; an alkylsulfamoyl or dialkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a group -SO2R'7; an alkylsulfonamido in which the alkyl is C1-C7; a group -COR'7; a group -NR8R9; or a group -CO-NH-CH(R10)-COR12, it being possible, if appropriate, for the phenyl group forming part of the substituent R5 and/or R6 to be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted by a C1-C7-alkyl, a trifluoromethyl, a methoxy, a halogen, a sulfamoyl, an alkylsulfamoyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl in which the alkyl is C1-C7, a C1-C6-alkylcarbonyloxy; a formyloxy or an imidazolyl;
in which groups R5 and/or R6;
- R'6 and R''6 are each independently hydrogen; a C1-C7- alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by R'''6; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; a piperidin-4- yl; or a methylpiperidin-4-yl;
- R'''6 is a hydroxyl; a cyano; a carboxyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C7-alkyl or a benzyl; a phenyl; a pyridyl; a methylpyridyl; or an amino which is free or substituted by one or two C1-C7-alkyls;
- R7 is a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; a C3-C7-cycloalkyl; a C2-C4-alkenyl; an .omega.-halogeno-C2-C7-alkyl; a polyhalogeno-C1-C7-alkyl; a (C1-C6)alkylcar bonyl; a formyl; an .omega.-carboxy-C1-C7-alkyl which is free or esterified by a C1-C4-alkyl or a benzyl; or an .omega.-amino-C2-C7-alkyl in which the amino group is free, substituted by one or two C1-C4-alkyls or in the form of an ammonium ion;
- R'7 is a piperazin-1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 4-position by a group R''7; a piperidino group which is unsubstituted or substi tuted in the 4-position by a group R'''7; an azetidin- 1-yl group which is unsubstituted or substituted in the 3-position by a group R'''7;
- R''7 is a C1-C4-alkyl; a phenyl; a benzyl; or a (C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl;
- R'''7 is R''7; or an amino which is free or carries a protecting group;
- R8 and R9 are each independently a hydrogen; a C1-C7-alkyl; a phenyl; or a benzyl; R9 can also be a (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a cycloalkylcarbonyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; a cycloalkylthiocarbo nyl in which the cycloalkyl is C3-C7; an .omega.-amino(C2-C3)alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-hydroxy(C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl; an .omega.-benzyloxy(C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a phenoxycarbo nyl; a thienocarbonyl; a pyridylcarbonyl; a methyl pyridylcarbonyl; a C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl; a benzoyl; a group -CO-CH(R10)-NR11R'11; a group -CH(R10)CO2R11; a group -(CH2)t''COR12; a group -CO(CH2)t''COR12; or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by a phenyl or one or two C1-C4-alkyls;
- t'' is an integer which can vary from 1 to 3;
- R10 is hydrogen; a C1-C4-alkyl; or a benzyl;
- R11 and R'11 are each independently hydrogen; or a C1-C4-alkyl;
- R12 is a hydroxyl; a C1-C4-alkoxy; or an amino which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two C1-C4-alkyls; and - R13 is hydrogen a C1-C4-alkyl; a phenyl a benzyl; a (C1-C3)alkylcarbonyl; a formyl; a C1-C4-alkoxycarbonyl;
or a carbamoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or 2 C1-C4-alkyls;
and its salts where appropriate.
2. A compound of formula (I) according to claim 1 wherein R1 is a chlorine or fluorine atom or an ethoxy group in the 5-position of the 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one and R2 is hydrogen.
3. A compound of formula (I) according to claim 1 or 2 wherein R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a C3-C12 hydrocarbon ring.
4. A compound of formula (I) according to claim 3 wherein R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a cycloheptane, an adamantane, a tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]dec-8-ene, a tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]
decane, a bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, a bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane or a cyclohexane which is unsubstituted or substituted by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two C1-C7-alkyl groups.
decane, a bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, a bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane or a cyclohexane which is unsubstituted or substituted by a C3-C5-spirocycloalkyl or by one or two C1-C7-alkyl groups.
5. A compound of formula (I) according to claim 1 or 2 wherein R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are bonded, form a cyclohexane substituted by a group selected from methoxy, ethoxy and 2-methoxy-ethoxy.
6. A compound of formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 5 wherein R5 is an orthomethoxy group and R6 in the para-position is a group selected from:
- (piperidin-1-yl)carboxamido, - (2-cyanoprop-2-yl)carbonyl, - pyrrolidin-1-yl, - 3,3-diethylguanidino and - N',N'-diethylthioureido.
- (piperidin-1-yl)carboxamido, - (2-cyanoprop-2-yl)carbonyl, - pyrrolidin-1-yl, - 3,3-diethylguanidino and - N',N'-diethylthioureido.
7. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, and its salts, which comprises:
1/ reacting a benzenesulfonyl halide of the formula (III) in which Hal is a halogen atom, preferably chlorine, and R'5 and RVI are respectively either R5 and R6 as defined for (I) in claim 1, or precursor groups of R5 and R6, with a 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstituted in the 3-position of the formula (II) in which R'1, R'2, R'3 and R'4 are respectively either R1, R2, R3 and R4 as defined for (I) in claim 1, or precursor groups of R1, R2, R3 and R4; and 2/ either, if R'1 = R1, R'2 = R2, R'3 = R3, R'4 = R4, R'5 = R5 and RVI = R6, isolating the resulting compound of formula (I);
3/ or, if any one of the groups R'1, R'2, R'3, R'4, R'5 and/or RVI is respectively a precursor group of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and/or R6, subjecting the compound obtained in step 1/ to a subsequent treatment in order to prepare the compound of formula (I) by converting any one of the groups R'1, R'2, R'3, R'4, R'5 and/or RVI to R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and/or R6 respectively; and 4/ if desired, converting the resulting compound of formula (I) to one of its salts.
1/ reacting a benzenesulfonyl halide of the formula (III) in which Hal is a halogen atom, preferably chlorine, and R'5 and RVI are respectively either R5 and R6 as defined for (I) in claim 1, or precursor groups of R5 and R6, with a 1,3-dihydroindol-2-one disubstituted in the 3-position of the formula (II) in which R'1, R'2, R'3 and R'4 are respectively either R1, R2, R3 and R4 as defined for (I) in claim 1, or precursor groups of R1, R2, R3 and R4; and 2/ either, if R'1 = R1, R'2 = R2, R'3 = R3, R'4 = R4, R'5 = R5 and RVI = R6, isolating the resulting compound of formula (I);
3/ or, if any one of the groups R'1, R'2, R'3, R'4, R'5 and/or RVI is respectively a precursor group of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and/or R6, subjecting the compound obtained in step 1/ to a subsequent treatment in order to prepare the compound of formula (I) by converting any one of the groups R'1, R'2, R'3, R'4, R'5 and/or RVI to R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and/or R6 respectively; and 4/ if desired, converting the resulting compound of formula (I) to one of its salts.
8. A pharmaceutical composition in which a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 is present as the active principle.
9. A pharmaceutical composition in which a com pound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 is present in association with another active principle.
10. A pharmaceutical composition in which two compounds according to any one of claims 1 to 6 are present, one being a specific V1 receptor antagonist and the other being a specific V2 receptor antagonist.
11. A pharmaceutical composition in which two compounds according to any one of claims 1 to 6 are present, one being a specific V1 receptor antagonist and the other being a specific ocytocin antagonist.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
FR9309404 | 1993-07-30 | ||
FR9309404A FR2708605A1 (en) | 1993-07-30 | 1993-07-30 | N-sulfonylindol-2-one derivatives, their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing them. |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2129215A1 true CA2129215A1 (en) | 1995-01-31 |
Family
ID=9449794
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002129215A Abandoned CA2129215A1 (en) | 1993-07-30 | 1994-07-29 | 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0636608A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH07247269A (en) |
KR (1) | KR950003271A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1107467A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2129215A1 (en) |
FI (1) | FI943570A (en) |
FR (1) | FR2708605A1 (en) |
HU (1) | HUT70408A (en) |
IL (1) | IL110482A (en) |
NO (1) | NO301824B1 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ264122A (en) |
RU (1) | RU2141476C1 (en) |
TW (1) | TW375609B (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA945656B (en) |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7700641B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2010-04-20 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US7799798B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2010-09-21 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiroheterocyclic compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US8101647B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2012-01-24 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents |
US8263606B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2012-09-11 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents |
US8420823B2 (en) | 2008-04-24 | 2013-04-16 | Msd K.K. | Long-chain fatty acyl elongase inhibitor comprising arylsulfonyl derivative as active ingredient |
US8445696B2 (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2013-05-21 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds |
US8450358B2 (en) | 2009-06-29 | 2013-05-28 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US8466188B2 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2013-06-18 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Use of spiro-oxindole compounds as therapeutic agents |
US9504671B2 (en) | 2010-02-26 | 2016-11-29 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions of spiro-oxindole compound for topical administration and their use as therapeutic agents |
US9682033B2 (en) | 2015-02-05 | 2017-06-20 | Teva Pharmaceuticals International Gmbh | Methods of treating postherpetic neuralgia with a topical formulation of a spiro-oxindole compound |
Families Citing this family (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
FR2740136B1 (en) * | 1995-10-24 | 1998-01-09 | Sanofi Sa | INDOLIN-2-ONE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
US5756497A (en) * | 1996-03-01 | 1998-05-26 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Tocolytic oxytocin receptor antagonists |
US5880137A (en) * | 1996-04-19 | 1999-03-09 | American Home Products Corporation | 2-phenyl-1- 4-(amino-1-yl-alk-1-ynyl)-benzyl!-1H-indol-5-ols as estrogenic agents |
TW397821B (en) * | 1996-04-19 | 2000-07-11 | American Home Produits Corp | 3-[4-(2-phenyl-indole-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-acrylamides and 2-phenyl-1-[4-(amino-1-yl-alk-1-ynyl)-benzyl]-1H-indol-5-ol as well as pharmaceutical compositions of estrogenic agents thereof |
FR2757157B1 (en) * | 1996-12-13 | 1999-12-31 | Sanofi Sa | INDOLIN-2-ONE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
BR9815576A (en) * | 1997-11-20 | 2001-07-17 | Harvard College | Substituted diphenyl indanone, indana, and indole compounds and analogues thereof, pharmaceutical composition based on said compounds, methods of inhibiting cell proliferation in mammals and treating or preventing a disorder |
US6800658B2 (en) | 1997-11-20 | 2004-10-05 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Substituted diphenyl indanone, indane and indole compounds and analogues thereof useful for the treatment of prevention of diseases characterized by abnormal cell proliferation |
US6992079B2 (en) | 1997-11-20 | 2006-01-31 | President Fellows of Harvard College | Substituted 11-phenyl-dibenzazepine compounds useful for the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by abnormal cell proliferation |
IL136225A0 (en) | 1997-11-20 | 2001-05-20 | Nuchem Pharmaceuticals Inc | Substituted 11-phenyl-dibenzazepine compounds useful for the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by abnormal cell proliferation |
US6291449B1 (en) | 1998-09-23 | 2001-09-18 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Use of 11-phenyl-dibenzazepine compounds to treat diarrhea or scours |
CA2319649A1 (en) | 1998-01-28 | 1999-08-05 | Mitsunori Waki | Preventives or remedies for vision disorders |
US6069153A (en) * | 1998-05-12 | 2000-05-30 | American Home Products Corporation | Indenoindoles and benzocarbazoles as estrogenic agents |
US6479535B1 (en) | 1998-05-15 | 2002-11-12 | Wyeth | 2-phenyl-1-[4-(2-aminoethoxy)-benzyl]-indole and estrogen formulations |
AU4168999A (en) * | 1998-06-19 | 2000-01-05 | Wakamoto Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Ocular tension lowering agents and phosphoric ester derivatives |
US6159959A (en) * | 1999-05-06 | 2000-12-12 | American Home Products Corporation | Combined estrogen and antiestrogen therapy |
FR2807038B1 (en) * | 2000-04-03 | 2002-08-16 | Sanofi Synthelabo | NOVEL INDOLIN-2-ONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
US6673790B1 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2004-01-06 | Sanofi-Synthelabo | Indolin-2-one derivatives, preparation and their use as ocytocin receptor ligands |
ATE305454T1 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2005-10-15 | Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc | NON-PEPTIDIC SUBSTITUTED SPIROBENZOAZEPINES AS VASOPRESSIN ANTAGONISTS |
JP2004529110A (en) | 2001-03-06 | 2004-09-24 | アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ | Indole derivatives with vascular damage activity |
DE10222034A1 (en) * | 2002-05-17 | 2003-11-27 | Bayer Ag | New 2-benzenesulfonyl-3,4-dihydro-2(1H)-isoquinoline derivatives, are PPAR-delta activators useful e.g. for treating coronary heart disease, dyslipidemia or restenosis |
DE10229777A1 (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-01-29 | Bayer Ag | Indoline-phenylsulfonamide derivatives |
DE10300099A1 (en) * | 2003-01-07 | 2004-07-15 | Bayer Healthcare Ag | Indole-phenylsulfonamide derivatives |
AR044782A1 (en) | 2003-06-17 | 2005-10-05 | Ortho Pharma Corp | ESPIROBENZAZEPINAS REPLACED USEFUL AS ANTAGONISTS OF VASOPRESINE RECEPTORS |
DE10335449A1 (en) * | 2003-08-02 | 2005-02-17 | Bayer Healthcare Ag | New 2-((indoline-1-sulfonyl)-tetralinyl or indanyl)-alkanoic acid derivatives, are PPAR-delta activators useful e.g. for treating or preventing stroke, arteriosclerosis, coronary heart disease or dyslipidemia |
US7414052B2 (en) | 2004-03-30 | 2008-08-19 | Wyeth | Phenylaminopropanol derivatives and methods of their use |
US7517899B2 (en) | 2004-03-30 | 2009-04-14 | Wyeth | Phenylaminopropanol derivatives and methods of their use |
AU2005237520B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2012-01-19 | Wyeth | Purification of progesterone receptor modulators |
FR2875499B1 (en) * | 2004-09-20 | 2006-10-27 | Sanofi Aventis Sa | NOVEL INDOLIN-2-ONE PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THERAPEUTIC USE THEREOF |
BRPI0519013A2 (en) | 2004-12-13 | 2009-11-03 | Lilly Co Eli | single compound or stereoisomers, mixtures of pharmaceutically acceptable stereoisomers, salts, tautomers or prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutical composition, and use of a compound |
CA2593044A1 (en) * | 2004-12-31 | 2006-07-13 | Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg | Substituted oxindole derivatives, medicaments containing said derivatives and use thereof |
DE102005014936A1 (en) * | 2005-03-24 | 2006-12-14 | Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg | New substituted oxindole derivatives are vasopressin receptor binders useful to treat e.g. diabetes insipidus, enuresis nocturna, incontinence, hypertonia, heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary spasm and renal disorders |
TWI315304B (en) * | 2006-08-31 | 2009-10-01 | Univ Taipei Medical | Indoline-sulfonamides compounds |
US7825111B2 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2010-11-02 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Substituted spiroheterocycles |
EP2078022B1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2011-11-09 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Spiro benzazepines used as vasopressin antagonists |
FR2930249B1 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2010-05-14 | Sanofi Aventis | NOVEL 3-AMINOALKYL-1,3-DIHYDRO-2H-INDOL-2-ONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THERAPEUTIC USE THEREOF |
EP2246326A1 (en) | 2009-05-02 | 2010-11-03 | Bayer CropScience AG | Method for producing oxindoles and ortho-substituted anilines and their use as intermediate products for syntheses |
KR101783471B1 (en) * | 2010-05-10 | 2017-09-29 | 바이엘 인텔렉쳐 프로퍼티 게엠베하 | Process for preparing substituted 1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-ones |
WO2012028162A1 (en) | 2010-09-01 | 2012-03-08 | Bayer Cropscience Ag | Process for preparing oxindoles and ortho-substituted anilines and the use thereof as intermediates for syntheses |
CN114213396B (en) * | 2022-01-27 | 2023-03-24 | 深圳市乐土生物医药有限公司 | Indole-2-ketone compound and preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4803217A (en) * | 1986-12-24 | 1989-02-07 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Hapalindolinone compounds as vassopressin antagonists |
EP0450761A1 (en) * | 1990-03-02 | 1991-10-09 | Merck & Co. Inc. | Spirocyclic oxytocin antagonists |
FR2686878B1 (en) * | 1992-01-30 | 1995-06-30 | Sanofi Elf | DERIVATIVES OF N-SULFONYL OXO-2 INDOLE, THEIR PREPARATION, THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME. |
-
1993
- 1993-07-30 FR FR9309404A patent/FR2708605A1/en active Pending
-
1994
- 1994-07-28 NZ NZ264122A patent/NZ264122A/en unknown
- 1994-07-28 EP EP94401737A patent/EP0636608A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1994-07-28 IL IL11048294A patent/IL110482A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1994-07-29 CA CA002129215A patent/CA2129215A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1994-07-29 FI FI943570A patent/FI943570A/en unknown
- 1994-07-29 ZA ZA945656A patent/ZA945656B/en unknown
- 1994-07-29 NO NO942834A patent/NO301824B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1994-07-29 TW TW083107081A patent/TW375609B/en active
- 1994-07-29 RU RU94027576A patent/RU2141476C1/en active
- 1994-07-29 HU HU9402232A patent/HUT70408A/en unknown
- 1994-07-30 KR KR1019940018912A patent/KR950003271A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1994-07-30 CN CN94114900A patent/CN1107467A/en active Pending
- 1994-08-01 JP JP6199069A patent/JPH07247269A/en not_active Withdrawn
Cited By (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7799798B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2010-09-21 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiroheterocyclic compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US7935721B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2011-05-03 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US8106087B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2012-01-31 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US7700641B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2010-04-20 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US8466188B2 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2013-06-18 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Use of spiro-oxindole compounds as therapeutic agents |
US8420823B2 (en) | 2008-04-24 | 2013-04-16 | Msd K.K. | Long-chain fatty acyl elongase inhibitor comprising arylsulfonyl derivative as active ingredient |
US8263606B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2012-09-11 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents |
US8916580B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2014-12-23 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents |
US9458178B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2016-10-04 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents |
US8415370B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2013-04-09 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US8101647B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2012-01-24 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents |
US8883840B2 (en) | 2009-06-29 | 2014-11-11 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US8450358B2 (en) | 2009-06-29 | 2013-05-28 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US9480677B2 (en) | 2009-06-29 | 2016-11-01 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Enantiomers of spiro-oxindole compounds and their uses as therapeutic agents |
US8742109B2 (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2014-06-03 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds |
US9260446B2 (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2016-02-16 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds |
US8445696B2 (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2013-05-21 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds |
US9695185B2 (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2017-07-04 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Synthetic methods for spiro-oxindole compounds |
US9504671B2 (en) | 2010-02-26 | 2016-11-29 | Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions of spiro-oxindole compound for topical administration and their use as therapeutic agents |
US9682033B2 (en) | 2015-02-05 | 2017-06-20 | Teva Pharmaceuticals International Gmbh | Methods of treating postherpetic neuralgia with a topical formulation of a spiro-oxindole compound |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
RU2141476C1 (en) | 1999-11-20 |
NZ264122A (en) | 1996-07-26 |
FI943570A0 (en) | 1994-07-29 |
FI943570A (en) | 1995-01-31 |
AU6878994A (en) | 1995-02-09 |
IL110482A0 (en) | 1994-10-21 |
FR2708605A1 (en) | 1995-02-10 |
CN1107467A (en) | 1995-08-30 |
EP0636608A1 (en) | 1995-02-01 |
NO301824B1 (en) | 1997-12-15 |
RU94027576A (en) | 1996-05-27 |
HU9402232D0 (en) | 1994-09-28 |
TW375609B (en) | 1999-12-01 |
NO942834D0 (en) | 1994-07-29 |
NO942834L (en) | 1995-01-31 |
HUT70408A (en) | 1995-10-30 |
IL110482A (en) | 1999-04-11 |
ZA945656B (en) | 1995-03-09 |
KR950003271A (en) | 1995-02-16 |
JPH07247269A (en) | 1995-09-26 |
AU684791B2 (en) | 1998-01-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2129215A1 (en) | 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present | |
US5696145A (en) | 1-benzyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and the pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present | |
AU662960B2 (en) | N-sulphonyl-2-oxoindole derivatives having affinity for vasopressin and/or ocytocin receptors | |
US5849780A (en) | 1-benzenesulfonyl-1-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present | |
US5726322A (en) | 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydroindol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present | |
US5663431A (en) | 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydro-indol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present | |
DE69725608T2 (en) | INDOLIN-2-ONE DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, AND THE MEDICAMENT THEREOF | |
US5994350A (en) | 3-spiro-indolin-2-one derivatives as vasopressin and/or oxytocin receptor ligands | |
US5585394A (en) | 1-benzenesulfonyl-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2-one derivatives | |
US7157478B2 (en) | Oxadiazole derivatives for inhibition of gamma secretase | |
JPH08507092A (en) | 1,3-Dihydroindol-2-one derivatives substituted at the 3-position by a nitrogen group as vasopressin and / or ositocin agonist and / or antagonist | |
MX2010012357A (en) | Amide compound. | |
KR20030019555A (en) | Propane-1,3-Dione Derivatives | |
US5661169A (en) | 1-benzyl-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2-one derivatives, their preparation and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
CA2235686C (en) | Indolin-2-one derivatives, process for their production and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
US7910584B2 (en) | 3-spiroindolin-2-one derivatives, preparation and therapeutic use thereof | |
US20090275580A1 (en) | 3-spiroindolin-2-one derivatives, preparation and therapeutic use thereof | |
SK1792000A3 (en) | 1,3-DIOXOLO(4,5-H)(2,3)BENZODIAZEPINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FORì (54) THE PREPARATION THEREOF, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CO | |
Hughes et al. | Synthesis and biological evaluation of 4, 6-diethyl-1, 3, 4, 5-tetrahydropyrano [4, 3-b] indole-4-acetic acid, an isomer of etodolac |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |